Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Diversified / Safehold Inc.

Safehold Inc.

safe · NYSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker safe
Exchange NYSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Diversified
Employees 74
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Safehold Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual 
report 
2016

Safestore Holdings plc
Annual report and financial statements 2016

S

a

f

e

s

t

o

r

e

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

4

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A third consecutive year of 
double-digit EPS growth

“ The Group has delivered another strong 
financial year, building on the improvements 
made to its operating performance over the 
last three years. Over this three year period, 
we have grown EPS by 78% and increased 
our dividend per share by over 100%.”

Frederic Vecchioli, Safestore’s Chief Executive Officer

Highlights

Strong financial performance

 — Group like-for-like1 revenue at CER2 up 8.1% with UK 

up 9.2% and Paris up 5.0%

 — Cash tax adjusted earnings per share3 up 19.3% 

at 19.8 pence

 — 21% increase in the final dividend to 8.05 pence 

(FY2015: 6.65 pence) 

Operational focus

 — Balanced approach to revenue management

Overview

01  Highlights

02  Financial highlights

03  Chairman’s statement

Strategic report

04  Chief Executive’s statement

14  Principal risks

17  Financial review

25  Corporate social responsibility (“CSR”)

Governance

 — Like-for-like average occupancy for the year up 3.5%

30  Corporate governance introduction

30  Board of Directors

32  Corporate governance

35  Nomination Committee report

36  Audit Committee report

38  Directors’ remuneration report

58  Directors’ report

61  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements

62  Independent auditor’s report

66  Consolidated income statement

67  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

68  Consolidated balance sheet

69  Consolidated statement of changes 

in shareholders’ equity

70  Consolidated cash flow statement

71  Notes to the financial statements

99  Company balance sheet

100 Company statement of changes in equity

101 Notes to the Company financial statements

104 Directors and advisers

 — Good like-for-like pricing growth with UK rate 

up 4.5% and Paris rate up 2.3%

 — Twelve Space Maker stores acquired for £42.3 million, 

immediately earnings enhancing

 — Enquiry growth of 7.5% after implementation of new 

consumer website

 — Opened five new stores (including Chiswick on 

4 November 2016), completed one extension on time 
and on budget, with a second extension completing 
in January 2017, and secured a new freehold site 
in Mitcham, London

Strong and flexible balance sheet

 — Group loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”4) at 31%, interest cover 
ratio (“ICR”5) at 5.5x and full year underlying finance 
costs reduced by £1.3 million, notwithstanding 
acquisition of Space Maker 

Notes

1   Like-for-like adjustments have been made to remove the impact of the closure 

of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015, and the 2016 openings of Wandsworth, 
Altrincham, Birmingham (including closure of our existing Birmingham store) and 
Emerainville. In addition, the impact of the acquisition of Space Maker on 29 July 2016 
has been adjusted.

2   CER is constant exchange rates (Euro-denominated results for the current period have 
been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period, and the 
impact of foreign exchange swaps has been reversed, in order to present the reported 
results on a more comparable basis).

3   Cash tax adjusted earnings per share is defined as profit or loss for the year before 
exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, 
gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts as well as exceptional 
tax items and deferred tax charges, divided by the weighted average number of shares 
in issue (excluding shares held by the Safestore Employee Benefit Trust).

4   LTV ratio is loan-to-value ratio, which is defined as gross debt (excluding finance 
leases, but adjusted for the fair value of the US Dollar cross currency swap) as a 
proportion of the valuation of investment properties and investment properties under 
construction (excluding finance leases).

5   ICR is interest cover ratio, and is calculated as the ratio of underlying EBITDA after 

leasehold rent to underlying finance charges.

Further information and investor 
updates can be found on our website at 
www.safestore.co.uk/corporate/

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

01

 
Financial highlights

Key measures

Underlying and operating metrics – like-for-like2
Revenue
Underlying EBITDA3
Closing occupancy (let sq ft – million)4
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)5
Average occupancy (let sq ft – million)4
Average storage rate 

Underlying and operating metrics – total
Revenue
Underlying EBITDA3
Closing occupancy (let sq ft – million)4
Closing occupancy (% of MLA)5
Average storage rate
Cash tax adjusted earnings per share6
Dividend per share
Free cash flow7
EPRA basic NAV per share

Statutory metrics
Profit before tax8
Basic earnings per share

Financial highlights

Year ended
31 October
2016

£112.5m

£62.7m

3.61

73.7%

3.54

£26.31

£115.4m

£64.2m

3.97

71.0%

£26.17

19.8p

11.65p

£42.4m

£3.00

£94.9m

42.0p

Year ended
31 October
2015

£102.3m

£55.9m

3.56

72.7%

3.42

£24.85

£104.8m

£57.1m

3.58

72.6%

£24.85

16.6p

9.65p

£37.3m

£2.56

£118.2m

52.4p

Change

10.0%

12.2%

1.4%

+1.0ppts

3.5%

5.9%

10.1%

12.4%

10.9%

(1.6ppts)

5.3%

19.3%

20.7%

13.7%

17.0%

(19.7%)

(19.8%)

Change –
CER1

8.1%

11.8%

n/a

n/a

n/a

3.9%

8.3%

12.1%

n/a

n/a

3.3%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Revenue (£’m)

Underlying EBITDA3 (£’m)

Dividend (pence per share)

£115.4m
+10.1%

£64.2m
+12.4%

11.65p
+20.7%

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

Notes

115.4

104.8

97.9

96.1

98.8

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

64.2

57.1

53.0

50.8

50.3

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11.65

9.65

7.45

5.75

5.65

1 

2 

3 

 CER is constant exchange rates (Euro-denominated results for the current period have been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period, and the impact of 
foreign exchange swaps has been reversed, in order to present the reported results on a more comparable basis).

 Like-for-like adjustments have been made to remove the impact of the closure of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015, and the 2016 openings of Wandsworth, Altrincham, Birmingham 
(including closure of our existing Birmingham store) and Emerainville. In addition, the impact of the acquisition of Space Maker on 29 July 2016 has been adjusted.

 Underlying EBITDA is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties, contingent 
rent and depreciation. Underlying profit before tax is defined as underlying EBITDA less leasehold rent, depreciation charged on property, plant and equipment and net finance charges 
relating to bank loans and cash.

4 

 Occupancy excludes offices but includes bulk tenancy. As at 31 October 2016, closing occupancy includes 37,000 sq ft of bulk tenancy (31 October 2015: 64,000 sq ft).

5    MLA is maximum lettable area. Group MLA has been adjusted to 5.59m sq ft (FY2015: 4.93m) following the acquisition of Space Maker and the openings of Wandsworth, Altrincham, 

Birmingham and Emerainville.

6 

 Cash tax adjusted earnings per share is defined as profit or loss for the year before exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on 
investment properties and the associated tax impacts as well as exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue 
(excluding shares held by the Safestore Employee Benefit Trust).

7 

 Free cash flow is defined as cash flow before investing and financing activities but after leasehold rent payments.

8 

9 

 Profit before tax decreased by £23.3 million to £94.9 million (FY2015: £118.2 million) as a result of the reported valuation gain on investment properties of £41.7 million being £37.2 million 
lower than the prior year (FY2015: £78.9 million). Excluding the valuation gain, profit before tax for the year would have increased by £13.9 million compared to the prior year.

 LTV ratio is loan-to-value ratio, which is defined as gross debt (excluding finance leases, but adjusted for the fair value of the US Dollar cross currency swap) as a proportion of the 
valuation of investment properties and investment properties under construction (excluding finance leases).

10  ICR is interest cover ratio, and is calculated as the ratio of underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent to underlying finance charges.

02

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Overview 
Chairman’s statement

This has been another  
year of good progress 
across the business

I am pleased to announce, on behalf of the Board of Safestore, another 
strong set of results for the year ended 31 October 2016. 

This has been another year of good progress across the business with 
management building further on the operational improvements made 
over the previous two years as well as implementing a number of growth 
initiatives. The opening of five new stores and the acquisition of Space 
Maker have strengthened our market-leading store portfolio. 

We have the balance sheet flexibility and capacity to continue to take 
advantage of carefully selected development and acquisition opportunities. 
I am confident that the business is well positioned for growth and to deliver 
additional value for shareholders.

Financial results
Revenue for the year was £115.4 million, 10.1% ahead of last year 
(FY2015: £104.8 million) and up 8.1% on a like-for-like and constant 
currency basis respectively. This result was driven by a strong 
performance in the UK which grew like-for-like revenue by 9.2%, 
combined with another good performance by Une Pièce en Plus, 
our Parisian business, which grew like-for-like revenue by 5.0%.

Underlying EBITDA increased by 12.4% to £64.2 million (FY2015: £57.1 million) 
and 12.1% on a constant currency basis. Underlying EBITDA after rental 
costs increased by 15.2% to £55.4 million (FY2015: £48.1 million).

Capital structure
The Group’s balance sheet remains robust with a Group LTV9 ratio 
of 31% and an interest cover ratio10 of 5.5x. This represents a level of 
gearing we consider appropriate for the business to enable the Group 
to increase returns on equity, maintain financial flexibility and to achieve 
our medium-term strategic objectives.

Dividend
Reflecting the Group’s strong trading performance, the Board is pleased 
to recommend a 21.1% increase in the final dividend to 8.05 pence per 
share (FY2015: 6.65 pence per share) resulting in an increase of 20.7% 
in the total dividend to 11.65 pence per share for the year (FY2015: 9.65 pence 
per share). The total dividend for the year is covered 1.70 times by cash 
tax earnings (1.72 times in 2015). The Group’s dividend has increased by 
103% in the last three years. Shareholders will be asked to approve the 
dividend at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 22 March 2017 
and, if approved, the final dividend will be payable on 7 April 2017 to 
shareholders on the register at close of business on 10 March 2017.

The Board remains confident in the prospects for the Group and will 
continue its progressive dividend policy in 2017 and beyond. In the 
medium term it is anticipated that the Group’s dividend will grow 
at least in line with cash tax earnings6.

The annualisation of the August 2015 amendment and extension of 
our bank facilities resulted in a reduction in the year in the underlying 
finance charge of £1.3 million or 11.4% to £10.1 million (FY2015: £11.4 million). 
Over the last three years we have reduced our finance charges by 45% 
or £8.3 million.

People
In another year of progress, our people continue to be the key to the 
success of the business. I would like to take this opportunity to thank 
all my colleagues throughout the business for their hard work and 
dedication this year.

As a result of the above factors, cash tax adjusted earnings per share 
grew by 19.3% to 19.8 pence (FY2015: 16.6 pence). EPS has grown by 
8.7 pence or 78% over the last three years.

I would also like to take the opportunity to thank Keith Edelman for his 
seven years of service to the Board. He has been an invaluable member 
of the team and I appreciate his contribution over this period. I also 
welcome Claire Balmforth and Bill Oliver to the Board and look forward 
to working with them over the coming years.

The Group’s dividend has increased by 
103% in the last three years

Alan Lewis
Non-Executive Chairman
6 January 2017

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

03

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Executive’s statement

During the last twelve months we 
have strengthened our market 
leading positions in the UK and 
Paris with the acquisition of 
Space Maker in the UK and the 
opening of five new stores

Summary
Safestore has delivered another strong financial performance through 
a combination of organic and acquisitive growth. Group revenue increased 
8.1%1 on a like-for-like2 basis with a strong performance across the UK 
(+9.2%) and continued strength in Paris (+5.0%). The Group’s like-for-like 
average occupancy increased by 2.3 percentage points (“ppts”) to 72.3% 
with the average storage rate up 3.9%1.

Our property portfolio valuation, including investment properties under 
construction, increased in the year by 15.7% on a constant currency 
basis. After exchange rate movements the portfolio valuation increased 
by 22.1% to £954.2 million with the UK portfolio up £107.0 million, including 
£48.0 million relating to the acquisition of the Space Maker portfolio, 
to a total UK value of £710.6 million and the French portfolio increased 
€21.6 million to €270.9 million.

Our operational performance across the UK has again been very strong 
this year. Our new consumer website was successfully launched resulting 
in good enquiry growth, which, combined with consistent conversion, 
has resulted in like-for-like new lets growth of 7.6% in the year. As a result, 
like-for-like occupancy in the UK was up 1.4ppts to 71.8%, driven by 
growth in both London and the South East (+0.7ppts) and the rest of the 
UK (+2.3ppts).

In the UK, we successfully acquired and integrated the Space Maker 
portfolio during the year, which was immediately accretive to earnings. 
In addition, four new stores in London-Chiswick, London-Wandsworth, 
Birmingham and Altrincham were opened on time and on budget. 

In Paris, our performance has also been robust with revenue growing 
by 5.0%. Our balanced approach to revenue management resulted in 
rate growth of 2.3% and average occupancy growth of 2.5%. Like-for-like 
closing occupancy ended the year at 80.7% (FY2015: 81.8%), but like-for-like 
average occupancy during the year was ahead of the prior year at 80.3% 
(FY2015: 78.0%). This is the eighteenth consecutive year of revenue growth 
in Paris with average growth over the last five years of c.5%. Our new 
store at Emerainville to the east of Paris opened on time and on budget 
in September 2016.

Group underlying EBITDA of £64.2 million increased 12.1% at CER1 on 
the prior year and 12.4% on a reported basis reflecting the impact of the 
strengthening Euro on the profit earned on our Paris business. The Group’s 
strong EBITDA performance combined with reduced finance costs arising 
from the annualisation of the amendment and extension of the bank 
facilities completed in August 2015 resulted in a 19.3% increase in cash 
tax adjusted EPS3 in the period to 19.8 pence (FY2015: 16.6 pence).

Reflecting the Group’s strong trading performance, the Board is pleased 
to recommend a 21% increase in the final dividend to 8.05 pence per share 
(FY2015: 6.65 pence) resulting in a full year dividend up 20.7% to 
11.65 pence per share (FY2015: 9.65 pence). 

Outlook
Safestore has strengthened its leading market positions in both 
the UK and Paris during the year with the opening of five new stores 
(including Chiswick, which opened on 4 November 2016) and the 
acquisition of Space Maker, which has increased the Group’s MLA4 
by 14%. Early trading in all of our new stores is encouraging. We continue 
to see good levels of interest in self-storage and, with 1.62 million sq ft 
of unlet space available at 31 October 2016 (the equivalent of 40 stores), 
we have significant, low cost growth potential ahead. 

We remain focused on the continual improvement of the operational 
performance of the business and leveraging our leading market positions. 
Our balance sheet flexibility and strong cash generation also provide us 
with the opportunity to take advantage of further selective development 
and acquisition opportunities in our key markets subject to our rigorous 
investment criteria, as is evidenced by our recent acquisition of a 
development site in Mitcham, South West London.

Self-storage continues to be a relatively immature industry, with significant 
potential for further growth. Safestore has a resilient business model 
and we believe that our scale and marketing expertise combined with 
our improved operational capability and strong balance sheet leaves us 
well placed to trade robustly through any macro-economic uncertainty 
that may lie ahead.

Notes

1   CER is constant exchange rates (Euro-denominated results for the current period have been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period, and the impact of foreign 

exchange swaps has been reversed, in order to present the reported results on a more comparable basis).

2   Like-for-like adjustments have been made to remove the impact of the closure of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015, and the 2016 openings of Wandsworth, Altrincham, Birmingham 

(including closure of our existing Birmingham store) and Emerainville. In addition, the impact of the acquisition of Space Maker on 29 July 2016 has been adjusted.

3   Cash tax adjusted earnings per share is defined as profit or loss for the year before exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment 

properties and the associated tax impacts as well as exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue (excluding shares held by 
the Safestore Employee Benefit Trust).

4   MLA is maximum lettable area. Group MLA has been adjusted to 5.59m sq ft (FY2015: 4.93m) following the acquisition of Space Maker and the openings of Wandsworth, Altrincham, 

Birmingham and Emerainville.

04

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportWe continue to see good levels of 
interest in self-storage and remain 
focused on the significant 
opportunity represented by 
our currently unlet space

Owned store portfolio
Number of stores
(at 4 November 2016)

 London and South East 
 Rest of UK 
 Paris

25

46

Total
134

63

Our strategy
The Group’s strategy remains the same as stated in our last Annual Report. 
We believe that the Group has a well located asset base, management 
expertise, infrastructure, scale and balance sheet strength to exploit the 
current healthy industry dynamics. As we look forward, we consider that 
the Group has the potential to significantly further increase its earnings 
per share by:

stores and 0.25m sq ft in Paris. This is the equivalent of 40 empty stores 
located across the estate. The available space is fully invested and the 
related operating costs are essentially fixed and already included in the 
Group cost base. Our continued focus will be on ensuring that we drive 
occupancy to utilise this capacity at carefully managed rates.

There are three elements that are critical to the optimisation of our 
existing portfolio:

 — optimising the trading performance of the existing portfolio;

 — enquiry generation through an effective and efficient marketing operation;

 — maintaining a strong and flexible capital structure; and

 — strong conversion of enquiries into new lets; and

 — taking advantage of selective portfolio management and 

 — disciplined central revenue management and cost control.

expansion opportunities.

Key performance indicators
The key performance indicators (“KPIs”) of our business are occupancy 
and average rental rate, which drive the revenue of our business. 
These KPIs, along with underlying EBITDA, are reported in the financial 
highlights section on page 2 and within the trading performance section 
of the strategic report on pages 12 to 13.

Optimisation of existing portfolio
With the opening of five new stores in the last few months (including 
Chiswick, which opened on 4 November 2016), and the acquisition 
of Space Maker, we have strengthened our market-leading portfolio. 
We have a high quality, fully invested estate in both the UK and Paris. 
Of our 134 stores, 88 are in London and the South East of England or 
in Paris, with 46 in the other major UK cities. We now operate 44 stores 
within the M25, which represents a higher number of stores than any 
other competitor. 

In the last year, with the aforementioned new store openings and acquisition, 
our MLA has increased by 13% to 5.59m sq ft at 31 October 2016, 
excluding Chiswick. At the current occupancy level of 71.0% we have 
1.62m sq ft of unoccupied space, of which 1.37m sq ft is in our UK 

In-house digital marketing expertise
Awareness of self-storage is increasing each year but remains relatively 
low. In the UK over 70% of our new customers are using self-storage 
for the first time. It is essentially a brand-blind product with only 12% 
of respondents in the 2016 Self Storage Association Annual Survey 
stating that a brand would influence their purchase decision. Typically 
customers requiring storage start their journey by conducting detailed 
online research using generic keywords in their locality.

We believe there is a clear benefit of scale in the generation of customer 
enquiries. The Group has continued to invest in its consumer website 
as well as in-house expertise which, combined with the employment 
of carefully selected external partners, has resulted in the development 
of a leading digital marketing platform that has generated 35% enquiry 
growth over the last four years.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

05

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Executive’s statement continued

Optimisation of existing portfolio continued
In-house digital marketing expertise continued
A key objective of our marketing team has been to improve the 
volume of organic enquiries generated by the business and we will 
continue to invest in our search engine optimisation (“SEO”) capabilities. 
In November 2015 we launched a new dynamic customer website 
designed to further improve our industry-leading web offering with 
enhanced search engine performance, optimisation for mobile devices 
and to allow for improved bespoke management of our rich website 
content. The website features a more responsive design and a social 
hub featuring a new blog and, since its launch, enquiry capture has 
improved by 14%. The Group’s efforts in this area were acknowledged 
by its winning the “Best Consumer Products/Services Campaign 2016” 
at the Drum Search Awards.

Whilst enquiry growth, as envisaged, was initially slower in the first 
quarter as we transitioned to the new website, enquiries for the full year 
were up 7.5% on the prior year. The restructured “back-end” of the 
website has resulted in increased efficiency, which has contributed to 
a reduction in the cost per enquiry. 

The Group has recently launched a new trading website for the Paris 
business, building on the success of the new UK site.

Online enquiries now represent 81% of our enquiries in the UK and 63% 
in France. 54% of our online enquiries in the UK originate from mobiles 
or tablets, compared to 47% last year. It is, therefore, critically important 
to appear at the top of the rankings of customer searches made through 
the internet. The ranking in the search pages is a result of a complex 
function that combines the budget invested directly into the paid search 
and the capacity to allocate it efficiently on a real-time basis, with the 
budget invested indirectly into the numerous actions that optimise the 
website, which, together with its size and traffic, determines its relevance 
and quality score for the search engines. Our in-house expertise and skills 
and an annual budget of c.£5.3 million (£4.3 million in the UK and £1 million 
in Paris) (FY2015: c.£5 million) enable us to achieve the above results. 
Approximately 95% of our budget in the UK is spent on digital marketing.

Feefo, the independent merchant review system, which allows customers 
to leave their feedback on the quality of our customer service, has been 
integrated into our website since 2013. Over this period, our customer 
satisfaction score has averaged above 95%.

Motivated and effective store teams benefiting from improved 
training and coaching 
In what is still a relatively immature and poorly understood product, customer 
service and selling skills at the point of sale remain essential in earning 
the trust of the customer and in driving the appropriate balance of volumes 
and unit price in order to optimise revenue growth in each store.

Over the last three years we have established an enthusiastic, dynamic 
and effective store team. Our Director of Operations, Head of HR, 60% 
of our UK Regional Managers and 50% of our UK Store Managers have 
joined the business in that period. In addition, in order to make the store 
team management structure more efficient, we decided to merge the 
Sales Assistant and Assistant Manager roles into a new Sales Consultant 
role. We have now completed 85% of this transition and since 2014 we 
have recruited 170 sales consultants.

Our new website has resulted in increased 
efficiency, which has contributed to a 
reduction in the cost per enquiry

The employees of Space Maker, which was acquired during the year, are 
now fully integrated into the Safestore training and incentive framework 
and the twelve stores have each been geographically integrated into one 
of our eleven regions. Two new Divisional Managers, reporting to our 
Director of Operations, have been internally recruited to further support 
our experienced team of Regional Managers. 

In the last twelve months we have also invested further resources 
to manage our building maintenance and facilities management 
programme in a more efficient and cost-effective manner.

New recruits to the business benefit from enhanced induction and training 
tools which have been developed in-house, enabling us to quickly identify 
high potential individuals. All new recruits receive individual performance 
targets within four weeks of joining the business and certain new recruits 
are placed on the “pay-for-skills” programme, which allows accelerated 
basic pay increases dependent on success in demonstrating specific 
and defined skills. A key target of our programme is to ensure that close 
to 100% of our store managers are promoted internally and our management 
development programme was launched in the period with 15% of our 
sales consultants participating. 

All store staff continue to benefit from ongoing training and development. 
In 2016, we delivered 27,500 hours of training to sales staff through 
face-to-face sessions and via our internally developed online learning 
tool. This Learning Management System also provides the opportunity 
for team members to receive rigorously enforced health and safety and 
compliance training, ensuring that our staff are up to date in relation 
to their technical knowledge in these areas.

Over the last two years we have developed a customised coaching 
programme for store managers. The training is delivered by Regional 
Managers and is focused on continual improvement in sales performance.

The performance of all team members is monitored closely via a series 
of daily, weekly and monthly key performance indicators. A new dashboard 
was introduced in the year which has enabled increased focus at store 
and regional level on the key operating metrics of the business. Bonuses 
of up to 50% of basic salary can be earned monthly based on performance 
against new lets, occupancy, ancillary sales and pricing targets. In addition, 
a Values and Behaviours framework is overlaid on individuals’ financial 
performance in order to assess team members’ performance and 
development needs on a quarterly basis.

The benefit of these initiatives is reflected in an improved performance 
by the stores in converting enquiries into new lets. Conversion of enquiries 
is now consistently strong and has improved by c.19% since 2013. 

As an “Investors in People” organisation since 2003 our aim is to be 
an employer of choice in our sector and we passionately believe that 
our continual success is dependent on our highly motivated and well 
trained colleagues.

06

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportCentral revenue management and cost control
We continue to pursue a balanced approach to revenue management. 
We aim to optimise revenue by improving the utilisation of the available 
space in our portfolio at carefully managed rates. Our central pricing 
team is responsible for the management of our dynamic pricing policy, 
the implementation of promotional offers and the identification of additional 
ancillary revenue opportunities. Whilst price lists are managed centrally 
and can be adjusted on a real-time basis when needed, the store sales 
teams have the ability to offer a Lowest Price Guarantee in the event that 
a local competitor is offering a lower price. The reduction in the level of 
discount offered over the last three years is linked to store team variable 
incentives and is monitored closely by the central pricing team.

During the last year, we have continued to enhance the business intelligence 
software which we implemented in 2015. This has improved the team’s 
ability to identify pricing opportunities, monitor competitive pricing in 
local markets and to establish optimal unit mix in individual stores. 

Our strategy to optimise revenue is implemented by continually reviewing 
the appropriate mix of occupancy and rate growth targets, store by store. 
The work of the central pricing team has contributed to like-for-like average 
rate increases of 4.5% in the UK and 2.3% in Paris over the financial 
year, while maintaining an average occupancy that was 3.8% up in the 
UK and 2.5% up in Paris over the previous year on a like-for-like basis.

Rate growth is predominantly influenced by:

 — the store location and catchment area;

 — the volume of enquiries generated online;

 — the store team skills at converting these enquiries into new lets 

at the expected price; and

 — the pricing policy and the confidence provided by analytical 

capabilities that smaller players may lack.

We believe that Safestore has a very strong proposition in each of 
these areas.

Costs are managed centrally with a lean structure maintained at the 
Head Office. Enhancements to cost control are continually considered 
and the cost base is challenged on an ongoing basis. 

Strong and flexible capital structure
Since 2014 we have refinanced the business on two occasions and 
believe we now have a capital structure that is appropriate for our business 
and which provides us with the flexibility to take advantage of carefully 
evaluated development and acquisition opportunities. We will continue 
to seek opportunities to optimise our capital structure.

Our current LTV1 of 31% and our interest cover ratio2 of 5.5x provides us 
with significant headroom compared to our banking covenants. We drew 
down a net £39 million in 2016, primarily to finance the acquisition of 
Space Maker but, at October 2016, have £104 million (including the 
remaining £15 million uncommitted accordion facility) of available bank 
facilities. The weighted average maturity of our debt is 47 months at 
October 2016.

Notes

1   LTV ratio is loan-to-value ratio, which is defined as gross debt (excluding finance leases, 
but adjusted for the fair value of the US Dollar cross currency swap) as a proportion of the 
valuation of investment properties and investment properties under construction 
(excluding finance leases).

2   ICR is interest cover ratio, and is calculated as the ratio of underlying EBITDA after 

leasehold rent to underlying finance charges.

Revenue (£’m)

 London and South East 
 Rest of UK 
 Paris

28.0

28.9

Total
£115.4

58.5

Taking into account the improvements we have made in the performance 
of the business and the reduction in interest costs of over £8 million per annum 
over the last three years, the Group is now capable of generating free cash 
after dividends sufficient to fund the building of one to three new stores 
per annum depending on location and availability of land.

The Group evaluates development and acquisition opportunities in a 
careful and disciplined manner against rigorous investment criteria. 
Our investment policy requires certain Board-approved hurdle rates 
to be considered achievable prior to progressing an investment opportunity. 
In addition, the Group aims to maintain LTV of between 30% and 40% 
for the foreseeable future.

Portfolio management
As ever, our approach to store development and acquisition in the 
UK and Paris will continue to be pragmatic, flexible and focused on the 
return on capital.

Our property teams in both the UK and Paris have recently been strengthened 
and are continually seeking investment opportunities in new sites to add 
to the store pipeline. However, investments will only be made if they 
comply with our disciplined and strict investment criteria.

Five new stores opened on time and on budget
Between August and November 2016, the Group opened five new 
stores and completed the extension and refurbishment of our Acton 
store. An extension of our store in Longpont in Paris is in progress and 
is due to be completed in January 2017. All the completed projects were 
opened on time and on budget. Overall, the five new sites provide gross 
new MLA of 226,000 sq ft (190,000 sq ft net of existing space in Wandsworth 
and the conditional disposal of our Birmingham Central site).

The Chiswick site, which is located on the A4 in West London, opened 
on 4 November 2016 and provides a new flagship freehold store 
of 42,500 sq ft.

Our property teams are continually 
seeking investment opportunities in 
new sites

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

07

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Chief Executive’s statement continued

In Paris, where regulatory barriers are likely to continue to restrict new 
development inside the city, we will continue our policy of segmenting 
our demand and encouraging the customers who wish to reduce their 
storage costs to utilise the second belt stores. We will also manage 
occupancy and rates upwards in the more central stores and ensure 
that pricing recognises the value customers place on the convenience 
of physical proximity. The strong selling organisation and store network 
established by Une Pièce en Plus in Paris uniquely enables it to implement 
this commercial policy.

We announced in February 2016 the acquisition of a freehold site in eastern 
Paris adjacent to the A4 motorway at Marne-la-Vallée in the town of 
Emerainville. The site contains an existing warehouse which has been 
converted into a c.60,000 sq ft self-storage facility and c.8,000 sq ft 
of serviced offices. The new store opened in September 2016.

The Altrincham and Emerainville stores demonstrate that, with a skilled 
property development team, it is possible to convert existing buildings 
into storage facilities in an expeditious and cost-effective manner. In both 
cases, the time between exchanging contracts and opening the stores 
was less than twelve months.

We also completed the refurbishment and extension of our Acton store 
in the period. The Acton store was 89% occupied prior to the extension 
and we have added a further 4,900 sq ft of space.

Early trading on all completed sites is encouraging and at least in line 
with our forecasts. 

The capital spend on the above completed projects (excluding the historical 
cost of acquiring the Chiswick, Wandsworth and Birmingham sites) was 
£25.2 million and was funded from the cash flow and existing debt 
facilities of the Group.

The Paris Longpont extension, which is due to be completed in 
January 2017, will add 22,600 sq ft of new space. The store was 
83% occupied prior to the commencement of works. 

During the period we also extended the lease on our Burnley store. 
We have now extended the leases on 18 stores or c.47% of our leased 
store portfolio (including Space Maker) in the UK since FY2012 and our 
average lease length remaining now stands at 13.7 years as compared 
to 13.9 years at FY2015.

In December, we acquired the freehold of a site in Mitcham in 
South West London. Subject to planning permission, we plan to 
build a c.54,000 sq ft store on this site, scheduled to open in 2018.

Acquisition of Space Maker
At the end of July 2016 we announced the completion of the acquisition 
of Space Maker Stores Ltd (“SMS”) from Allodial Capital Ltd and 
James Elton. The initial consideration, after certain downward adjustments, 
was £40.9 million and £1.4 million of deferred consideration has subsequently 
been paid, resulting in a total consideration of £42.3 million. 

SMS was the ninth largest self-storage portfolio in the UK with twelve stores, 
located in Bournemouth (two stores), Colchester, Redhill, Romford, Brentford, 
Chelmsford, Exeter, Leeds, Plymouth, Portsmouth and Poole, and has a 
fully invested built out lettable area of c.496,000 sq ft. Six of the SMS 
stores are freehold or long leasehold and six are leasehold stores with 
an average remaining lease length of 15.9 years at 31 October 2016. 

Safestore has a strong operational knowledge of the SMS portfolio, 
having managed the business since 2010 under a management services 
agreement (“MSA”) until completion of the acquisition. The MSA, 
for which Safestore received £0.6 million per annum, had been 
due to expire at the end of April 2016. 

Portfolio management continued
Five new stores opened on time and on budget continued
In Wandsworth, we had an existing 10,000 sq ft store on Garratt Lane in 
South West London as well as an additional adjoining 0.25 acre parcel of 
land. We closed our existing store at the end of 2015 and opened a new 
purpose-built 33,200 sq ft freehold store in August 2016. 

In Birmingham, we opened a new flagship store on the A34 north of the 
centre of Birmingham in September 2016. The long leasehold store provides 
51,000 sq ft of space.

We exchanged contracts in May 2016 on the sale of our Birmingham 
Central store for £3.6 million to Unite Group plc, subject to the purchaser 
receiving satisfactory planning permission. Birmingham Central was a 
highly occupied 26,000 sq ft store and we successfully transferred the 
majority of our Birmingham Central customers to our new Birmingham 
store on completion of the build. 

In June 2016, we completed the freehold purchase of a building 
located on an easily accessible site opposite Altrincham Retail Park. 
Altrincham and Sale is an affluent area with a population of 206,000 
and significant inward investment. The 39,000 sq ft store opened in 
September 2016 and we are confident that it will be a valuable addition 
to our portfolio. 

The acquisition of Space Maker was 
immediately accretive to Group earnings 
from completion 

08

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportIn the year to 30 April 2016, SMS delivered EBITDA (before management 
fees) of £3.9 million (unaudited) on turnover of £8.7 million. Based on the 
total consideration net of cash acquired with the business and SMS’s 
unaudited EBITDA, the SMS portfolio has an implied first-year net 
operating income yield of c.9.3%, before the impact of management 
charges, which would rise to c.12% if the SMS stores achieve 80% 
occupancy at the rental rate levels at acquisition.

The SMS portfolio was operating at 66% occupancy (of built out lettable 
area) at acquisition, which Safestore believes it can improve now that it 
is fully integrated into its own operational platform. The rebranding of 
the business is progressing to plan.

The SMS business, which had net assets with a fair value of £47.9 million 
at acquisition, was acquired on a debt-free basis and was funded from 
the Group’s existing debt facilities, with £45 million of the Group’s £60 million 
accordion facility converted into a committed revolving credit facility. 

This acquisition was immediately accretive to Group earnings per share 
from completion and supports the Group’s future dividend capacity.

Portfolio summary
The self-storage market has been growing in the last 15 years across 
many European countries but few regions offer the unique characteristic 
of London and Paris, both of which consist of large, wealthy and densely 
populated markets. In the London region, the population is 13 million 
inhabitants with a density of 5,200 inhabitants per square mile in the 
region, 11,000 per square mile in the city of London and up to 32,000 
in the densest boroughs. 

The population of the Paris urban area is 10.7 million inhabitants with 
a density of 9,300 inhabitants per square mile in the urban area but 
54,000 per square mile in the City of Paris and first belt, where 72% 
of our French stores are located and which has one of the highest 
densities in the western world. 85% of the Paris region population 
live in central parts of the city versus the rest of the urban area, which 
compares with 60% in the London region. There are currently c.234 
storage centres within the M25 as compared to only c.87 in the Paris 
urban area. 

In addition, barriers to entry in these two important city markets 
are high, due to land values and limited availability of sites as well 
as planning regulation. This is the case for Paris and its first belt 
in particular, which inhibits new development possibilities.

Our combined operations in London and Paris, with 68 stores, contribute 
£73.1 million of revenue and £49.6 million of store EBITDA and offer a 
unique exposure to the two most attractive European self-storage markets.

We have a strong position in both the UK and Paris markets operating 
109 stores (including Chiswick) in the UK, 63 of which are in London 
and the South East, and 25 stores in Paris.

In the UK, 67% of our revenue is generated by our stores in London and 
the South East. On average, our stores in London and the South East 
are smaller than in the rest of the UK but the rental rates achieved are 
materially higher, enabling these stores to typically achieve similar or 
better margins than the larger stores. In London we operate 44 stores 
(including Chiswick) within the M25, more than any other competitor. 

In France, we have a leading position in the heart of the affluent City of 
Paris market, with eight stores branded as Une Pièce en Plus (“UPP”) 
(“A spare room”) with more than twice the number of stores of our two 
major competitors combined. 72% of the UPP stores are located in a 
cluster within a five-mile radius of the city centre, which facilitates strong 
operational and marketing synergies as well as options to differentiate 
and channel customers to the right store subject to their preference for 
convenience or price affordability. The Parisian market has attractive 
socio-demographic characteristics for self-storage and we believe that 
UPP enjoys unique strategic strength in such an attractive market.

Together, as at 31 October 2016, London, the South East and Paris 
represent 65% of our owned stores, 75% of our revenues, as well as 
56% of our available capacity.

In addition, Safestore has the benefit of a leading national presence in 
the UK regions where the stores are predominantly located in the centre 
of key metropolitan areas such as Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool, 
Bristol, Glasgow and Edinburgh.

Owned store portfolio by region

Number of stores

Let square feet (m sq ft)

Maximum lettable area (m sq ft)

Average let square feet per store (k sq ft)

Average store capacity (k sq ft)

Closing occupancy %

Average rate (£ per sq ft)
Revenue (£’m)

Average revenue per store (£’m) 

Notes

London and 
South East

Rest of UK

62

1.76

2.41

28

39

73.2%

29.03
58.5

0.94

46

1.39

2.11

30

46

65.7%

18.72
28.9

0.63

 UK
total

108

3.15

4.52

29

42

69.7%

24.60
87.4

0.81

Paris

25

0.82

1.07

33

43

76.3%

31.56
28.0

1.12

Group
total

133

3.97

5.59

30

42

71.0%

26.17

115.4

0.87

The above table represents the 31 October 2016 position and excludes Chiswick, which opened on 4 November 2016.

The reported totals have not been adjusted for the impact of rounding.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

09

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Executive’s statement continued

Market
The self-storage market in the UK and France remains relatively immature 
compared to geographies such as the USA and Australia. The Self 
Storage Association (“SSA”) Annual Survey (May 2016) confirmed that 
self-storage capacity stands at 0.59 sq ft per head of population in the 
UK and 0.15 sq ft per capita in France. Whilst the Paris market density 
is greater than France, we estimate it to be significantly lower than the 
UK at around 0.36 sq ft per inhabitant. This compared with 7.75 sq ft per 
inhabitant in the USA and 1.8 sq ft in Australia. 

While capacity increased significantly between 2007 and 2010 with 
respondents to the survey opening an average of 32 stores per annum, 
new additions have been limited to an average of 18 stores per annum 
between 2011 and 2015.

New supply in London and Paris is likely to be limited in the short and 
medium term as a result of planning restrictions and the availability of 
suitable land. 

Respondents to the survey indicated aspirations to develop an average 
of 31 stores per annum from 2016 to 2018. However, history has shown 
that actual developments have averaged less than 50% of respondents’ 
aspirations over the last three years. This suggests that around 15 new 
stores are likely to be added in the coming year.

The supply in the UK market, according to the SSA survey, remains relatively 
fragmented. Safestore is the leader by number of stores with 109 wholly 
owned sites, followed by Big Yellow with 73 wholly owned stores, Access 
with 58 stores, Lok’n Store with 26 stores, Shurgard with 25 stores and 
Storage King with 24 stores. In aggregate, the top ten leading operators 
account for 33% of the UK store portfolio. The remaining c.700 self-storage 
outlets (including 195 container based operations) are independently 
owned in small chains or single units. In total there are 490 storage 
businesses operating in the UK.

Our French business, UPP, is mainly present in the core wealthier and 
more densely populated inner Paris and first belt areas, whereas our 
two main competitors, Shurgard and Homebox, have a greater presence 
in the outskirts and second belt of Paris. 

Consumer awareness of self-storage is increasing but remains low, providing 
an opportunity for future industry growth. The SSA survey indicated that 
58% (55% in 2015) of consumers either knew nothing about the service 
offered by self-storage operators or had not heard of self-storage at all. 
The opportunity to grow awareness, combined with limited new industry 
supply makes for an attractive industry backdrop.

Self-storage is a brand-blind product. In a new question in the 2016 
SSA survey, only 12% of people responded positively that a brand would 
influence their purchase decision. In addition, 59% of respondents were 
unable to name a self-storage business in their local area. The lack of 
relevance of brand in the process of purchasing a self-storage product 
emphasises the need for operators to have a strong online presence. 
This requirement for a strong online presence was also reiterated by the 
SSA survey where 68% of those surveyed (69% in 2015) confirmed that 
an internet search would be their chosen means of finding a self-storage 
unit to contact, whilst knowledge of a physical location of a store as 
reason for enquiry was c.28% of respondents (c.24% in 2015).

Group customer split as at 31 October 2016

Share of customers

Share of occupancy

74%

75%

53%

54%

26%

25%

47%

46%

2015

2016

2015

2016

 Business 

 Personal

There are numerous drivers of self-storage growth. Most private and 
business customers need storage either temporarily or permanently 
for different reasons at any point in the economic cycle, resulting in a 
market depth that is in our view the reason for its exceptional resilience. 
The growth of the market is driven both by the fluctuation of economic 
conditions, which has an impact on the mix of demand, and by growing 
awareness of the product.

Our domestic customers’ need for storage is often driven by lifestyle events 
such as births, marriages, bereavements, divorces or by the housing 
market, including house moves and developments and moves between 
rental properties. It is estimated that UK owner-occupied housing 
transactions drive around 10-15% of new lets.

Our business customer base includes a range of businesses from start-up 
online retailers through to multinational corporates utilising our national 
coverage to store in multiple locations while maintaining flexibility in their 
cost base. 

Business and personal customers

UK

Paris 

Personal customers
Numbers (% of total)

Square feet occupied (% of total)

Average length of stay (months)

Business customers
Numbers (% of total)

Square feet occupied (% of total)

Average length of stay (months)

72%

51%

20.4

28%

49%

30.1

81% 

65% 

27.1 

19%

35% 

31.3

Safestore’s customer base is resilient and diverse and consists of around 
55,000 domestic, business and National Accounts customers across 
London, Paris and the UK regions. 

10

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportBusiness model
Safestore’s business model remains unchanged in the last year.

The Group operates in a market with relatively low consumer awareness. 
It is anticipated that this will increase over time as the industry matures. 
To date, despite the financial crisis and the implementation of VAT on 
self-storage in 2012, the industry has been exceptionally resilient. In the 
context of uncertain economic conditions as the UK approaches Brexit, 
the industry remains well positioned with limited new supply coming 
into the self-storage market.

With more stores inside London’s M25 than any other operator and a 
strong position in central Paris, Safestore has leading positions in the 
two most important and demographically favourable markets in Europe. 
In addition, our regional presence in the UK is unsurpassed and contributes 
to the success of our industry-leading National Accounts business. 
In the UK, Safestore is the leading operator by number of wholly 
owned stores.

Our capital-efficient portfolio of 134 wholly owned stores in the 
UK and Paris consists of a mix of freehold and leasehold stores. 
In order to grow our business and secure the best locations for 
our facilities we have maintained a flexible approach to leasehold 
and freehold developments. 

Currently, one-third of our stores in the UK are leaseholds with an average 
remaining lease length at 31 October 2016 of 13.7 years (FY2015: 13.9 years). 
Although our property valuation for leaseholds is conservatively based 
on future cash flows until the next contractual lease renewal date, Safestore 
has a demonstrable track record of successfully re-gearing leases several 
years before renewal whilst at the same time achieving concessions 
from landlords. 

In England, we benefit from the Landlord and Tenant Act that protects 
our rights for renewal except in case of redevelopment. The vast majority 
of our leasehold stores have building characteristics or locations in retail 
parks that make current usage either the optimal and best use of the 
property or the only one authorised by planning. We observe that our 
landlords, who are property investors, value the quality of Safestore as 
a tenant and typically prefer to extend the length of the leases that they 
have in their portfolio, enabling Safestore to maintain favourable terms. 

In Paris, where 44% of stores are leaseholds, our leases typically 
benefit from the well enshrined Commercial Lease statute that provides 
that tenants own the commercial property of the premises and that they 
are entitled to renew their lease at a rent that is indexed to the National 
Construction Index published by the state. Taking into account this context, 
the valuer values the French leaseholds based on an indefinite property 
tenure, similar to freeholds.

Our experience is that being flexible in its approach has enabled Safestore 
to operate from properties that would have been otherwise unavailable 
and to generate strong returns on capital invested.

Safestore excels in the generation of customer enquiries which are received 
through a variety of channels, including the internet, telephone and 
“walk-ins”. In the early days of the industry, local directories and store 
visibility were key drivers of enquiries. 

The internet is now by far the dominant channel, accounting for 81% 
of our enquiries in the UK and 63% in France. Telephone enquiries comprise 
12% of the total (27% in France) and “walk-ins” amount to only 7% 
(10% in France). This key change is a clear benefit to the leading 
national operators that possess the budget and the management 
skills necessary to generate a commanding presence in the major 

search engines. Safestore has developed a leading digital marketing 
platform that has generated 54% enquiry growth over the last four years. 
Towards the end of 2015 the Group launched a new dynamic and 
mobile-friendly UK website, which has achieved its aim of providing 
the customer with an even clearer, more efficient experience. In the 
last month, a similar website has been launched in our Paris business.

Although mostly generated online, our enquiries are predominantly 
handled directly by the stores and, in the UK, we have a Customer 
Support Centre (“CSC”) which now handles 16% of all enquiries, in 
particular when the store staff are busy handling calls or outside of 
normal store opening hours.

Our pricing platform provides the store and CSC staff with 
system-generated real-time prices managed by our centrally based 
yield management team. Local staff have certain levels of discretion 
to flex the system-generated prices but this is continually monitored.

Customer service standards are high and customer satisfaction 
feedback is consistently very positive. Over the last twelve months 
we have achieved over 95% customer satisfaction, based on “excellent” 
or “good” ratings as collected by Feefo via our customer website.

The key drivers of sales success are the capacity to generate enquiries 
in a digital world, the capacity to provide storage locations that are 
conveniently located close to the customers’ requirements and the 
ability to maintain a consistently high quality, motivated retail team that 
is able to secure customer sales at an appropriate storage rate, all of 
which can be better provided by larger, more efficient organisations.

We remain focused on business as well as domestic customers. 
Our national network means that we are uniquely placed to further 
grow the business customer market and, in particular, National Accounts. 
Business customers in the UK now constitute 49% of our total space 
let and have an average length of stay of 30 months. Within our business 
customer category, our National Accounts business continues to grow 
with storage revenue increasing by 71% compared with 2013. The space 
let to National Accounts customers has increased by 16% compared 
with 2015 and, at 385,000 sq ft, constitutes 12% of our total occupied 
space in the UK business. Approximately two-thirds of the space occupied 
by National Accounts customers is outside London, demonstrating the 
importance and quality of our well invested national estate.

The business now has in excess of 55,000 business and domestic 
customers with an average length of stay of 30 months and 
22 months respectively. 

The cost base of the business is relatively fixed. Each store typically 
employs three staff. Our Group Head Office comprises business support 
functions such as Yield Management, Property, Marketing, HR, 
IT and Finance.

Since the completion of the rebalancing of our capital structure in early 
2014 and the subsequent amendment and extension of our banking 
facilities in Summer 2015, Safestore has secure financing, a strong 
balance sheet and significant covenant headroom. This provides the 
Group with financial flexibility and the ability to grow organically and 
via carefully selected new development or acquisition opportunities.

At 31 October 2016 we had 1.4 million sq ft of unoccupied space in the 
UK and 0.2 million sq ft in France, equivalent to over 40 full new stores. 
Our main focus is on filling the spare capacity in our stores at optimally 
yield-managed rates. The operational leverage of our business model 
will ensure that the bulk of the incremental revenue converts to profit 
given the relatively fixed nature of our cost base.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

11

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsChief Executive’s statement continued

Trading performance
UK – balanced approach to revenue management results 
in strong growth

2016

2015

Change

84.5

UK operating performance – like-for-like1
Revenue (£’m)
EBITDA (£’m)2
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Closing occupancy  
(% of MLA)

71.8%

45.0

2.79

77.4

39.3

2.73

9.2%

14.5%

2.2%

70.4%

+1.4ppts

Average occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Average storage rate (£)

2.73

24.73

2.63

23.66

UK Operating Performance – total
Revenue (£’m)
EBITDA (£’m)2
EBITDA (after leasehold 
costs) (£’m)

87.4

46.5

41.6

Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Maximum lettable area 
(MLA)4
Closing occupancy  
(% of MLA)

Average storage rate (£)

3.15

4.52

69.7%
24.60

3.8%

4.5%

9.4%

14.5%

17.2%

14.1%

15.3%

79.9

40.6

35.5

2.76

3.92

70.2%

23.70

(0.5ppts)

3.8%

The UK has delivered another strong year, growing revenue by 9.4%. 
The acquisition of Space Maker on 29 July 2016 has contributed to this 
growth but is offset by the closures of Whitechapel and New Malden in 
the previous year so, on a like-for-like basis, revenue grew by 9.2% in 
the year. Our first quarter’s ownership of the Space Maker portfolio has 
gone to plan with the business fully integrated into the Group from an 
operational perspective and the rebranding of the stores well advanced.

Like-for-like new lets increased by 7.6% for the full year reflecting good 
customer enquiry growth, helped by our new website and consistent 
conversion performance in our stores. 

Total occupancy grew by 397,000 sq ft (FY2015: 76,000 sq ft) over the 
year reflecting the acquisition of Space Maker and a net like-for-like 
occupancy growth of 57,000 sq ft which comprised an 84,000 sq ft 
underlying increase in occupancy partially offset by a planned 27,000 sq ft 
reduction in the lower yielding discounted bulk occupancy. The addition 
of three new stores in the last two months of the year (Wandsworth, 
Birmingham and Altrincham) diluted total closing occupancy, which 
ended the year at 69.7% (FY2015: 70.2%) but like-for-like closing 
occupancy grew by 1.4ppts to 71.8% (FY2015: 70.4%). Like-for-like 
average occupancy for the year grew by 3.8%.

12

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Our UK occupancy growth was 
accompanied by a 4.5% increase in 
the like-for-like average storage rate for 
the year

We take a balanced approach to revenue management and our 
occupancy growth was accompanied by a 4.5% increase in the 
like-for-like average storage rate for the year. Sequentially, our Q4 
like-for-like average rate was 2.2% higher than the rate achieved 
in Q3 2016.

We opened three new stores towards the end of the financial year 
in Wandsworth, Altrincham and Birmingham (and closed our existing 
Birmingham Central store) and our Chiswick store opened on 
4 November 2016. In addition, we completed the extension of our 
Acton store. These developments were completed on time and on 
budget and added c.135,000 sq ft of net new space to our portfolio. 
Early trading at these sites has been encouraging and in line with 
management’s expectations. The Group now operates 109 wholly 
owned stores in the UK.

We remain focused on our cost base. During the year, our cost base 
increased by around 4.1% or £1.6 million driven by the variable costs 
related to incremental revenue, the acquisition of Space Maker and 
an increase in business rates, offset by reductions arising from the 
closures of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015.

As a result EBITDA after leasehold rent costs for the UK business was 
£41.6 million (FY2015: £35.5 million), an increase of £6.1 million or 17.2%.

Notes

1   Like-for-like adjustments have been made to remove the impact of the closure 

of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015, and the 2016 openings of Wandsworth, 
Altrincham, Birmingham (including closure of our existing Birmingham store) and 
Emerainville. In addition, the impact of the acquisition of Space Maker on 29 July 2016 
has been adjusted.

2   Underlying EBITDA is defined as Operating Profit before exceptional items, corporate 
transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties, 
contingent rent and depreciation. Underlying profit before tax is defined as underlying 
EBITDA less leasehold rent, depreciation charged on property, plant and equipment 
and net finance charges relating to bank loans and cash.

3   Occupancy excludes offices but includes bulk tenancy. As at 31 October 2016, closing 

occupancy includes 37,000 sq ft of bulk tenancy (31 October 2015: 64,000 sq ft).

4   MLA is maximum lettable area. Group MLA has been adjusted to 5.59m sq ft (FY2015: 4.93m) 
following the acquisition of Space Maker and the openings of Wandsworth, Altrincham, 
Birmingham and Emerainville.

Strategic reportParis – another year of solid revenue growth

2016

2015

Change

35.4

Paris operating performance – like-for-like1
Revenue (€’m)
EBITDA (€’m)2
Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Closing occupancy  
(% of MLA)

80.7%

0.82

22.4

33.7

21.2

0.83

5.0%

5.7%

(1.2%)

Our Paris business had a solid year 
growing like-for-like revenue by 5.0%. 
Pricing was robust and our like-for-like 
average rate was up 2.3% for the full year

81.8%

(1.1ppts)

Average occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Average storage rate (€)

0.81

39.85

0.79

38.94

Paris operating performance – total
Revenue (€’m)
EBITDA (€’m)2
EBITDA (after leasehold 
costs) (€’m)

35.4

22.4

17.5

33.7

21.2

15.9

0.83

1.01

0.82

1.07

Closing occupancy  
(let sq ft – million)3
Maximum lettable area 
(MLA)4
Closing occupancy  
(% of MLA)

Average occupancy  
(let sq ft- million)3
Average storage rate (€)

Revenue (£’m)

76.3%

81.8%

(5.5ppts)

0.81
39.85
28.0

0.79

38.94

24.9

2.5%

2.3%

12.4%

Frederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer
6 January 2017

2.5%

2.3%

5.0%

5.7%

10.1%

(1.2%)

5.9%

We continue to pursue our proven strategy of growing the revenue 
of our market-leading Parisian portfolio by achieving an appropriate 
balance of rate and occupancy growth and we are now in the eighteenth 
year of uninterrupted revenue growth in local currency.

The impact of a 7% strengthening in the average Euro exchange rate resulted 
in a 12.4% increase in revenue in Sterling. In the previous year, the Group 
had hedging arrangements in place which resulted in a £0.9 million benefit 
which is reflected in the prior year EBITDA for Paris when reported in 
Sterling, but not in the revenue line. 

The cost base in Paris remained well controlled during the year and, as 
a result, EBITDA in France grew to €22.4 million (FY2015: €21.2 million 
prior to the benefit of the Euro hedging arrangements), an improvement 
of €1.2 million or 5.7% on 2015.

Our Paris business had a solid year, growing like-for-like revenue by 5.0%. 
The impact of the significant weakening of Sterling in the period resulted 
in the Sterling equivalent like-for-like revenue growing by 12.4% for the 
full year. 

Pricing was robust and our like-for-like average rate was up 2.3% for 
the full year. Like-for-like closing occupancy ended the year at 80.7% 
(FY2015: 81.8%). Our average occupancy for the year was up 2.5% on 2015.

Our new store at Emerainville in the east of Paris opened on time and 
on budget at the end of the financial year, adding 60,000 sq ft of MLA 
to our portfolio. Given that the store has only recently started to trade, 
its opening has a dilutive effect on total closing occupancy. The extension 
of our Longpont store, which will add 22,600 sq ft of new space, is due 
to complete in January 2017.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

13

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic risks are identified, 
assessed and managed by 
the Main Board and the Audit 
Committee, with support from 
the Risk Committee

Principal risks

Effective risk management 
requires awareness and 
engagement at all levels 
of our organisation

Risks and risk management
Risk management process
The Group faces a number of risks which, if they arise, could affect its 
ability to achieve its strategic objectives. The Board is responsible for 
determining the nature of these risks and ensuring appropriate mitigating 
actions are in place for managing them.

Effective risk management requires awareness and engagement at all 
levels of our organisation. It is for this reason that risk management is 
incorporated into the day-to-day management of our business, as well 
as being reflected in the Group’s core processes and controls. The 
Board oversees the risk management strategy and the effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal control framework. Risks are considered at 
every business level and are assessed, discussed and taken into 
account when deciding upon future strategy, approving transactions 
and monitoring performance. 

Strategic risks are identified, assessed and managed by the Main Board 
and the Audit Committee, with support from the Risk Committee. They 
are reviewed at Board level to ensure they are valid and that they represent 
the key risks associated with the current strategic direction of the Group. 
Operational risks are identified, assessed and managed by the Risk 
Committee and Executive Team members, and reported to the Main 
Board and the Audit Committee. These cover all areas of the business, 
such as finance, operations, investment, development and corporate risks.

The risk management process commences with rigorous risk identification 
sessions incorporating contributions from functional managers and 
Executive Team members. The output is reviewed and discussed by 
the Risk Committee, supported by members of senior management 
from across the business. The Risk Committee identifies and prioritises 
the top business risks, which are then challenged by the Board. The 
process focuses on the identification of key strategic, financial and 
operational risks. The potential impact and likelihood of the risks occurring 
are determined, key risk mitigations are identified and the current level 
of risk is assessed against the Board’s risk appetite. These top business 
risks form the basis for the principal risks and uncertainties detailed 
in the section below.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties described are considered to have 
the most significant effect on Safestore’s strategic objectives. This list 
is not intended to be exhaustive. Some risks, however, remain outside 
of the Group’s full control, for example macro-economic issues, changes 
in government regulation and acts of terrorism.

14

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportThe key strategic and operational risks are monitored by the Board and are defined as those which could prevent us from achieving our business 
goals. Our current strategic and operational risks and key mitigating actions are as follows:

Risk

Strategy

The Group develops business plans 
based on a wide range of variables. 
Incorrect assumptions about the 
self-storage market, or changes in 
the needs of customers, or the 
activities of customers may adversely 
affect the returns achieved 
by the Group, potentially resulting 
in loss of shareholder value.

Finance risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2015

 — The strategy development process draws on internal and 

external analysis of the self-storage market, emerging customer 
trends and a range of other factors.

 — Strengthened focus on yield management with regular review 

of demand levels and pricing at each individual store.

During the year, the Group has continued its programme of 
operational improvements and maintained good trading momentum.

The Group’s strategy is regularly reviewed through the annual 
planning and budgeting process, and regular reforecasts are 
prepared during the year.

 — The portfolio is geographically diversified with performance 
monitoring covering the personal and business customers 
by segments.

The addition of twelve Space Maker stores and five new 
development stores provides greater geographical 
diversification to the Group’s store portfolio.

The level of this risk is broadly the same as last year.

Lack of funding resulting in inability 
to meet business plans, satisfy 
liabilities or breach of covenants.

 — Funding requirements for business plans and the timing for 
commitments are reviewed regularly as part of the monthly 
management accounts.

 — The Group manages liquidity in accordance with Board-approved 
policies designed to ensure that the Group has adequate funds 
for its ongoing needs.

 — The Board regularly monitors financial covenant ratios 

and headroom.

 — The Group’s banking facilities run to 30 June 2020 and the US 

private placement notes mature in three and eight years.

During the year, the Group extended its committed borrowing 
facilities by £45 million in anticipation of the Space Maker acquisition.

The Group’s LTV decreased in the year, due to increasing 
property values, despite the net increase in borrowings to finance 
the Space Maker acquisition and new development stores.

The economic uncertainty following the UK’s decision in June 
to leave the EU has increased this risk, as Brexit may adversely 
affect UK property values, and therefore also LTV, and may 
also result in a decrease in available funding.

Treasury risk

Adverse currency or interest rate 
movements could see the cost of 
debt rise, or impact the Sterling 
value of income flows or investments.

 — Guidelines are set for our exposure to fixed and floating interest rates 
and use of interest rate and currency swaps to manage this risk.

 — Foreign currency denominated assets are financed by 
borrowings in the same currency where appropriate.

 — Use of derivative contracts to fix the exchange rate applicable to 
principal and interest payments on the US private placement debt.

Fluctuations in the Euro exchange rate during the year introduced 
greater volatility to amounts reported in respect of our French 
business, but the Group’s exposure to movements in the US 
Dollar rate is fully hedged.

The UK base rate was reduced following the EU referendum, 
and is forecast to remain low or be cut even further. The risk of 
adverse interest rate fluctuations has therefore reduced during 
the year.

Property investment and development

Acquisition and development of 
properties that fail to meet 
performance expectations or 
overexposure to developments 
within a short timeframe may have 
an adverse impact on the portfolio 
valuation, resulting in loss 
of shareholder value.

 — Thorough due diligence conducted and detailed analysis 

undertaken prior to Board approval for property investment 
and development.

 — The Group’s overall exposure to developments is monitored 

and controlled, with projects phased to avoid over-commitment.

 — The performance of individual properties is benchmarked 

against target returns.

The Group’s investment appraisal policy was reviewed during 
the year.

A robust due diligence process was undertaken prior to Space 
Maker acquisition. 

The capital requirements of development projects undertaken 
during the year have been carefully forecast and monitored.

Although investment and development activity increased 
during the year, there has been no significant change to this 
risk since last year.

Valuation risk

Value of our properties declining as 
a result of external market or internal 
management factors.

In the absence of relevant 
transactional evidence, valuations 
can be inherently subjective leading 
to a degree of uncertainty. 

Breach of our loan-to-value (“LTV”) 
borrowing covenant could arise in 
the event of declining property 
values, possibly triggering default  
and/or repayment of the facilities.

 — Independent valuations conducted by experienced, independent, 

professionally qualified valuers.

 — A diversified portfolio let to a large number of customers should 
help to mitigate any negative impact arising from changing 
conditions in the financial and property market.

 — Headroom of LTV banking covenants is maintained and reviewed.

 — Current gearing levels provide sizeable headroom on our portfolio 
valuation and mitigate the likelihood of covenants being endangered.

The Group’s continuing operational improvements, which are 
generating increases to both rate and occupancy, and our 
ongoing lease re-gear programme are both contributing to 
increases in the Group’s property valuation.

The addition of twelve Space Maker stores and five new 
development stores provides greater diversification to the 
portfolio and has strengthened the Group’s balance sheet.

However, the level of this risk is viewed as having increased 
since last year due to increased uncertainty following the UK’s 
decision to leave the EU.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

15

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPrincipal risks continued

Risks and risk management continued
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Current mitigation activities

Developments since 2015

Occupancy risk

A potential loss of income and 
increased vacancy due to falling 
demand, oversupply or customer 
default, which could also adversely 
impact the portfolio valuation.

 — Personal and business customers cover a wide range of 
segments, sectors and geographic territories with limited 
exposure to any single customer.

 — Dedicated support for improved enquiry capture.

 — Weekly monitoring of occupancy levels and close management 

of stores.

 — Management of pricing to stimulate demand, when appropriate.

 — Monitoring of reasons for customers vacating and exit 

interviews conducted.

 — Independent feedback facility for customer experience.

 — The occupancy rate across the portfolio has continued to grow 
due to flexibility offered on deals by in-house marketing and the 
customer support centre.

Continuing operational improvements, including focus on 
enquiry generation and conversion, marketing initiatives and 
yield management, have generated increased occupancy 
during the year.

The purchase of the Space Maker business and opening 
of five new stores has diversified the potential impact 
of underperformance of an individual store.

As a result, the level of this risk has reduced since last year.

Real estate investment trust (“REIT”) risk

Failure to comply with the REIT 
legislation could expose the Group 
to potential tax penalties or loss of 
its REIT status.

Catastrophic event

Major events mean that the Group is 
unable to carry out its business for a 
sustained period, health and safety 
issues put customers, staff 
or property at risk, or the Group 
suffers a cyber-attack, hacking or 
malicious infiltration of websites. 
These may result in reputational 
damage, injury or property damage, 
or customer compensation, causing 
a loss of market share and income.

 — Internal monitoring procedures in place to ensure that the 

appropriate rules and legislation are complied with and this 
is formally reported to the Board.

The Group has remained compliant with all REIT legislation 
throughout the year.

There has been no significant change to this risk since last year.

 — Business continuity plans are in place and tested.

 — Back-up systems at offsite locations and remote working capabilities.

 — Reviews and assessments are undertaken periodically for 

enhancements to supplement the existing compliant aspects 
of buildings and processes.

 — Monitoring and review by the Health and Safety Committee.

 — Robust operational procedures, including health and safety 
policies. These policies have been revised during the year, 
with a specific focus on fire prevention and safety procedures.

 — Fire risk assessments in stores.

 — Specialist cyber-security advice and consultancy; dedicated in-house 

monitoring and security review; external penetration testing.

 — Limited retention of customer data.

Continuing focus from the Risk Committee, with particular 
attention to specific issues, such as fire risk and risks arising 
from customers working in units.

Health and safety procedures have been reviewed and updated.

IT security reviews were performed across the Group.

The threat from cyber-attacks continues to grow, so this risk 
has increased since last year, and the risk management and 
mitigation actions have been developed accordingly.

Consequences of the UK’s decision to leave the EU (“Brexit”)

In June 2016, the UK voted to leave 
the EU. The timeframe for this to be 
achieved remains unclear, which has 
generated significant uncertainty in 
the economy and also with regard to 
legislation changes both before 
and after Brexit.

 — The economic uncertainty is not a new risk for the Group, but 
increases the likelihood of previously recognised risks, and is 
addressed under the finance risk, treasury risk and valuation 
risk categories above.

This is a new risk which arose during the year as a result of the 
outcome of the UK’s EU referendum.

The Group is in the process of developing contingency plans for 
the potential consequences of Brexit.

 — Potential changes to UK legislation or regulations as a result of 

or following Brexit may include changes to the right of EU citizens 
to work in the UK, changes to direct or indirect tax legislation or 
other legislation changes such as health and safety.

Viability statement
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a three-year period to October 2019, and have confirmed that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue to operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due over this period. This assessment has been performed 
taking account of the Group’s current position and prospects, the Group’s strategy, the Board’s risk appetite and the potential impact of the principal risks, 
which are described on pages 14 to 16 of the strategic report.

The review period is consistent with the timeframes incorporated into the Group’s strategic planning cycle, and the review considers the Group’s 
cash flows, dividend cover, REIT compliance, financial covenants and other key financial performance metrics over the period. The Directors have 
recognised that $65.6 million of borrowings will fall due to be repaid during the three-year outlook period, and have assumed that additional funding 
for the business in the form of equity or borrowings will be available in all likely market conditions. In reaching their conclusion, the Directors have considered 
the impact of sensitivities and scenario testing to reflect more severe scenarios than the Group has previously experienced, even during the last financial 
downturn. This involved flexing a number of the main assumptions underlying the Group’s strategic plan and evaluating the potential impact of the 
principal risks facing the Group, along with mitigating actions, on the business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity over the review period.

16

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportFinancial review

We achieved a 23.7% 
increase in underlying 
profit before tax

Underlying income statement
The table below sets out the Group’s underlying results of operations for 
the year ended 31 October 2016 and the year ended 31 October 2015.

Management considers the below presentation of earnings to be 
representative of the underlying performance of the business.

Underlying EBITDA increased by 12.4% to £64.2 million (FY2015: £57.1 million), 
reflecting a 10.1% increase in revenue, and only a 7.3% increase to the 
underlying cost base. The contribution of the Space Maker business 
since acquisition to the Group’s income statement largely compensates 
for the 2015 closures of New Malden and Whitechapel.

Leasehold rent reduced by 2.2% from £9.0 million to £8.8 million. 
Despite an additional six leases in respect of the Space Maker business 
for the last quarter, savings in rent principally reflect a full year of two 
fewer leases (at New Malden and High Wycombe), a full year of benefit 
from lease re-gears agreed during the prior period and the favourable 
settlement of outstanding rent reviews.

Finance charges reduced by 11.4% from £11.4 million to £10.1 million. 
This reflects the benefit of the Group’s August 2015 refinancing, as well 
as reduced interest rates in the latter part of the year, and offsets an 
increase in borrowings during the year required to finance the Space 
Maker acquisition and our new store developments.

As a result, we achieved a 23.7% increase in underlying profit before tax 
to £44.9 million (FY2015: £36.3 million).

Given the Group’s REIT status in the UK, tax is principally payable in 
France. The underlying tax charge for the year was £3.7 million, which 
compares to the total of underlying current tax and underlying deferred 
tax of £3.0 million in the prior year. The year-on-year increase is attributable 
to the increased underlying pre-tax profit in Paris and the translational 
impact of the strengthening of the Euro. The underlying deferred tax in 
the prior year has not been repeated in 2016.

Management considers that the most representative earnings per share 
(“EPS”) measure is cash tax adjusted EPS, which has increased by 19.3% 
to 19.8 pence (FY2015: 16.6 pence). EPRA EPS also reflects the deferred 
tax on underlying trading and increased by 23.8% to 19.8 pence from 
16.0 pence in 2015.

Revenue

Underlying costs

Underlying EBITDA
Leasehold rent

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent

Depreciation

Finance charges

Underlying profit before tax
Current tax

Cash tax earnings
Underlying deferred tax

EPRA earnings

Average shares in issue (million)

Underlying (cash tax adjusted) EPS (pence)

EPRA EPS (pence)

2016 
£’m

115.4
(51.2)

64.2

(8.8)

55.4

(0.4)

(10.1)

44.9

(3.7)

41.2

—

41.2

208.2

19.8

19.8

2015 
£’m

104.8

(47.7)

57.1

(9.0)

48.1

(0.4)

(11.4)

36.3

(1.8)

34.5

(1.2)

33.3

207.5

16.6

16.0

Movement
% 

10.1%

7.3%

12.4%

(2.2%)

15.2%

—
(11.4%)

23.7%

105.6%

19.4%

(100.0%)

23.7%

19.3%

23.8%

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

17

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Financial review continued

Reconciliation of underlying EBITDA
The table below reconciles the operating profit included in the income statement to underlying EBITDA. 

Operating profit

Adjusted for:

– gain on investment properties

– depreciation

– contingent rent

– change in fair value of derivatives

Exceptional items:

– costs incurred relating to corporate transactions

– negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary

Underlying EBITDA

2016
£’m

109.3

2015
£’m

134.2

(41.7)

(78.9)

0.4

0.5

—

1.3

(5.6)

64.2

0.4

1.1

0.3

—

—

57.1

The main reconciling items between operating profit and underlying EBITDA are the gain on investment properties and exceptional items, as well as 
adjustments for depreciation, contingent rent and changes in the fair value of derivatives.

The gain on investment properties was £41.7 million, as compared to £78.9 million in 2015. The Group has recognised a net exceptional credit 
of £4.3 million in the year (FY2015: £nil), comprising a £5.6 million credit relating to negative goodwill arising on the acquisition of Space Maker, 
less corporate transactions costs of £1.3 million.

Underlying profit by geographical region
The Group is organised and managed in two operating segments based on geographical region. The table below details the underlying profitability 
of each region.

2016

2015

Revenue

Underlying cost of sales

Store EBITDA

Store EBITDA margin

Underlying administrative expenses

Underlying EBITDA

EBITDA margin

Leasehold rent

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent

EBITDA after leasehold rent margin

Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent (CER)

Adjustment to actual exchange rate

Adjustment for swap income

Reported underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent

Note 

UK
£’m

87.4
(32.4)

55.0

63%
(8.5)

46.5

53%
(4.9)

41.6

48%

UK
£’m

41.6

—

—

41.6

Paris
€’m

35.4
(9.7)

25.7

73%
(3.3)

22.4

63%
(4.9)

17.5

49%

Paris
€’m

12.9

0.9

—

13.8

Total
(CER)
£’m

113.5
(39.5)

74.0

65%
(11.0)

63.0

56%
(8.5)

54.5

48%

Total
£’m

54.5

0.9

—

55.4

UK
£’m

79.9

(30.9)

49.0

61%

(8.4)

40.6

51%

(5.1)

35.5

44%

UK
£’m

35.5

—

—

35.5

Paris
€’m

33.7

(9.3)

24.4

72%

(3.2)

21.2

63%

(5.3)

15.9

47%

Paris
€’m

11.7

—

0.9

12.6

Total
(CER)
£’m

104.8

(37.7)

67.1

64%

(10.9)

56.2

54%

(9.0)

47.2

45%

Total
£’m

47.2

—

0.9

48.1

CER is constant exchange rates (Euro-denominated results for the current period have been retranslated at the exchange rate effective for the comparative period, and the impact of foreign 
exchange swaps has been reversed, in order to present the reported results on a more comparable basis).

Underlying EBITDA in the UK increased by £5.9 million, or 14.5%, to £46.5 million (FY2015: £40.6 million), underpinned by a 9.4% or £7.5 million 
increase in revenue, which was driven primarily by a 3.8% increase in the average storage rate plus a 4.5% increase in average occupancy. 
Underlying UK EBITDA after leasehold rent increased by 17.2% to £41.6 million (FY2015: £35.5 million).

18

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportIn Paris, underlying EBITDA increased by €1.2 million, or 5.7%, to €22.4 million (FY2015: €21.2 million), reflecting a €1.7 million increase in revenue, 
arising from a 2.3% increase in the average storage rate and a 2.5% increase in average occupancy. Underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent in Paris 
increased by 10.1% to €17.5 million (FY2015: €15.9 million).

The combined results of the UK and Paris delivered a 15.5% increase in underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent at constant exchange rates at Group level. 
Adjusting for a favourable exchange impact of £0.9 million in the current year and the £0.9 million of swap income from Euro hedges recognised in 
the prior year, Group reported underlying EBITDA after leasehold rent has increased by 15.2% or £7.3 million to £55.4 million (FY2015: £48.1 million).

Revenue
Revenue for the Group is primarily derived from the rental of self-storage space and the sale of ancillary products such as insurance and merchandise 
(e.g. packing materials and padlocks) in both the UK and Paris.

The split of the Group’s revenues by geographical segment is set out below for 2016 and 2015.

UK

Paris
Local currency
Average exchange rate
Paris in Sterling

Total revenue

£’m

€’m
€:£
£’m

2016

87.4

35.4
1.262
28.0

115.4

% of total

76%

24%

100%

2015

79.9

33.7
1.356
24.9

104.8

% of total

% change

76%

9.4%

5.0%

12.4%

10.1%

24%

100%

The Group’s revenue increased by 10.1% or £10.6 million in the year. The Group’s occupied space was 388,000 sq ft higher at 31 October 2016 (3.97 million sq ft) 
than at 31 October 2015 (3.58 million sq ft), and the average rental rate per square foot for the Group was 3.3% higher in 2016 at £26.17 than in 2015 (£24.85).

Adjusting the Group’s revenue to a like-for-like basis (to reflect the closures of Whitechapel and New Malden in 2015, the 2016 openings of Wandsworth, 
Altrincham, Birmingham and Emerainville and the Space Maker acquisition), revenue has increased by 10.0%. Adjusting further for the strengthening 
of the Euro during the year, Group like-for-like revenue at constant exchange rates has increased by 8.1%.

In the UK, revenue grew by £7.5 million or 9.4%, and on a like-for-like basis it was up by 9.2%. Occupancy was 397,000 sq ft higher at 31 October 2016 
than at 31 October 2015, at 3.15 million sq ft (2.76 million sq ft). Like-for-like UK occupancy also grew by 57,000 sq ft to 2.79 million sq ft at 
31 October 2016. The average rental rate for the year was up 3.8% from £23.70 in 2015 to £24.60 in 2016.

In Paris, revenue increased by 5.0% to €35.4 million (FY2015: €33.7 million). However, the strengthening of the Euro during the financial year had a 
favourable currency impact of approximately £1.9 million on translation, which resulted in a 12.4% increase when reported in Sterling. Average occupancy 
grew to 0.81 million sq ft (FY2015: 0.79 million sq ft), and the average rental rate grew by 2.3% to €39.85 for the year (FY2015: €38.94).

Analysis of cost base
Cost of sales
The table below details the key movements in cost of sales between 2015 and 2016.

Reported cost of sales

Adjusted for:

– depreciation
– contingent rent

Underlying cost of sales
Underlying cost of sales for 2015 (reported)
– swap income in 2015

Underlying cost of sales for 2015 (CER)
– Business rates
– Customer insurance, merchandise and other volume related costs
– Marketing
– Premises insurance
– Other

Underlying cost of sales for 2016 (CER)
– Foreign exchange

Underlying cost of sales for 2016 (reported)

Note 

2016
£’m

(40.9)

0.4
0.5

(40.0)

2015
£’m

(38.3)

0.4
1.1

(36.8)
(36.8)
(0.9)

(37.7)
(0.5)
(0.6)
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.2)

(39.5)
(0.5)

(40.0)

Certain costs previously reported as administrative expenses, primarily relating to marketing and the customer service centre, are now reported within cost of sales.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

19

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsFinancial review continued

Analysis of cost base continued
Cost of sales continued
In order to arrive at underlying cost of sales, adjustments are made to remove the impact of depreciation and contingent rent.

In constant currency and adjusting for the impact of the Euro swap income in 2015, underlying cost of sales grew by £1.8 million, arising from sales 
volume related increases totalling c.£0.9 million, including merchandise and insurance, store maintenance and enquiry generation, as well as increases 
in business rates (£0.5 million, due to inflationary increases and non-recurring rebates received in the prior year) and premises insurance (£0.2 million, 
as a result of higher premiums, partly driven by a higher rate of insurance premium tax).

Administrative expenses
The table below reconciles reported administrative expenses to underlying administrative expenses and details the key movements in underlying 
administrative expenses between 2015 and 2016.

Reported administrative expenses

Adjusted for:

– Exceptionals and non-underlying items

– Changes in fair value of derivatives

Underlying administrative expenses

Underlying administrative expenses for 2015:

– Employee remuneration

Underlying administrative expenses for 2016 (CER)

– Foreign exchange

Underlying administrative expenses for 2016 (reported)

Note 

2016
£’m

(12.5)

1.3

—

(11.2)

2015
£’m

(11.2)

—

0.3

(10.9)

(10.9)

(0.1)

(11.0)

(0.2)

(11.2)

Certain costs previously reported as administrative expenses, primarily relating to marketing and the customer service centre, are now reported within cost of sales.

In order to arrive at underlying administrative expenses, adjustments are made to remove the impact of exceptional items and changes in the fair 
value of derivatives.

Exceptional costs reported within administrative expenses include net costs relating to corporate transactions of £1.3 million.

Underlying administrative expenses increased by £0.3 million to £11.2 million (FY2015: £10.9 million), principally as a result of the translational impact 
of the strengthening of the Euro on the results reported for Paris.

Space Maker acquisition
On 29 July 2016, the Group completed the acquisition of Space Maker Stores Limited for initial consideration of £40.9 million plus £1.4 million of 
deferred consideration, which has subsequently been paid, resulting in a total consideration of £42.3 million. The consideration paid was less than 
the fair value of the identifiable net assets and, as a result, £5.6 million of negative goodwill has been recognised within operating profit in the 
income statement. In addition, £1.3 million of transaction related costs are included within administrative expenses. The net gain arising on 
business combinations of £4.3 million, recognised in the income statement, is considered to be exceptional.

Gain on investment properties
The gain on investment properties consists of the revaluation gains and losses with respect to investment properties under IAS 40 and finance 
lease depreciation for the interests in leaseholds and other items as detailed below.

Revaluation of investment properties

Revaluation of investment properties under construction

Depreciation on leasehold properties

Gain on investment properties

2016
£’m

45.8

0.5

(4.6)

41.7

2015
£’m

83.1

(0.1)

(4.1)

78.9

In the current financial year the UK business contributed £37.1 million to the positive valuation movement and the Paris business contributed £9.2 million. 
The gain on investment properties principally reflects the continuing improvements in both average rental rate and occupancy, which drive positive 
changes in the cash flow metrics that are used to assess the value of the store portfolio. 

20

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportOperating profit
Operating profit decreased by £24.9 million from £134.2 million in 2015 to £109.3 million in 2016, as a result of the £37.2 million lower gain on 
investment properties, partially mitigated by the £7.1 million improvement in underlying EBITDA and the net £4.3 million exceptional gain arising on 
the Space Maker acquisition.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs includes interest payable, interest on obligations under finance leases, fair value movements on derivatives and exchange gains 
or losses. Net finance costs reduced by £1.6 million in 2016, to £14.4 million from £16.0 million in 2015.

Net bank interest payable

Interest on obligations under finance leases

Fair value movement on derivatives

Net exchange losses

Unwinding of discount on Capital Goods Scheme receivable

Net finance costs

2016
£’m

(10.1)

(3.7)

18.4

(19.1)

0.1

(14.4)

2015
£’m

(11.4)

(3.8)

1.9

(2.8)

0.1

(16.0)

Underlying finance charge
The underlying finance charge (net bank interest payable) reduced by £1.3 million to £10.1 million, principally reflecting the annualisation of the 
interest savings from the amendment and extension of our loan facilities undertaken in August 2015, despite an increase in borrowings to finance 
the Space Maker acquisition. Net bank interest payable also includes the amortisation of debt issue costs, which has increased to £0.4 million 
(FY2015: £0.2 million), mainly due to additional debt issue costs incurred as a result of the August 2015 re-financing, which are being amortised 
over five years.

Based on the year-end drawn debt position the effective interest rate is analysed as follows:

UK term loan

UK revolver

UK revolver – non-utilisation

Euro revolver

Euro revolver – non-utilisation

US private placement 2019

US private placement 2024

Unamortised finance costs

Facility
£/€/$’m

£126.0

£125.0

£64.0

€70.0

€28.0

$65.6

$47.3

—

Drawn
£’m

£126.0

£61.0

—

£37.8

—

£53.9

£38.8

(£1.8)

Hedged
£’m

£100.0

—

—

£27.0

—

£53.9

£38.8

—

Total

£406.7

£315.7

£219.7

Hedged
%

79%

—

—

71%

—

100%

100%

—

70%

Bank
margin

1.50%

1.50%

0.60%

1.50%

0.60%

5.52%

6.29%

—

Hedged
rate

1.34%

—

—

Floating
rate

0.39%

0.38%

—

0.31%

(0.30%)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
rate

2.64%

1.88%

0.60%

1.63%

0.60%

5.83%

6.74%

—

3.58%

The UK term loan of £126 million is fully drawn as at 31 October 2016 and attracts a bank margin of 1.50%. The Group has interest rate hedge 
agreements in place to June 2020 swapping LIBOR on £100 million at an effective weighted average rate of 1.34%.

As at 31 October 2016, £61 million of the £125 million UK revolver and €42 million (£37.8 million) of the €70 million Euro revolver were drawn. 
The drawn amounts also attract a bank margin of 1.50%, and the Group pays a non-utilisation fee of 0.60% on the remaining undrawn balances.

The Group has interest rate hedges in place to June 2020 swapping EURIBOR on €30 million at an effective rate of 0.309%.

The US private placement notes are fully hedged at 5.83% for the 2019 notes and 6.74% for the 2024 notes.

The hedge arrangements provide cover for 70% of the Group’s drawn debt. Overall, the Group has an effective interest rate on its borrowings of 
3.58% at 31 October 2016, compared to 3.90% at the previous year end.

Non-underlying finance charge
Interest on finance leases was £3.7 million (FY2015: £3.8 million) and reflects part of the leasehold rental charge. The balance of the leasehold rental 
charge is expensed through the gain/loss on investment properties line and contingent rent in the income statement. Overall, our leasehold rental 
charge continued to reduce in 2016 to £8.8 million, £0.2 million lower than the charge of £9.0 million in 2015. This decrease reflects the annualisation 
of lease re-gears negotiated over the last few years, two fewer leasehold stores (at New Malden and High Wycombe) and the favourable settlement 
of outstanding rent reviews, despite an additional £0.3 million rent charge arising on the leased Space Maker stores, following the acquisition in 
July 2016.

The strengthening of the US Dollar during the year had a significant impact on both the retranslation of our US Dollar borrowings and the fair value 
of our cross currency swaps which provide an economic hedge against them. The fair value movement on derivatives was an £18.4 million net gain 
(FY2015: £1.9 million), including gains totalling £20.8 million arising on the US Dollar cross currency swaps, partly offset by net losses arising on the 
interest rate swaps. Net exchange losses, arising mainly on our US Dollar-denominated borrowings, totalled £19.1 million (FY2015: £2.8 million).

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

21

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsFinancial review continued

Tax
The tax charge for the year is analysed below: 

Underlying current tax

Tax relief on settlement of derivatives

Current tax

Underlying deferred tax

Tax on investment properties movement

Tax on revaluation of interest rate swaps

Other

Deferred tax

Tax charge

2016
£’m

(3.7)

—

(3.7)

—

(4.0)

0.1

0.1

(3.8)

(7.5)

2015
£’m

(1.8)

0.2

(1.6)

(1.2)

(6.3)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(7.9)

(9.5)

The income tax charge for the year is £7.5 million (FY2015: £9.5 million).

In the UK, the Group is a REIT. As a result, the Group continues to benefit from a zero tax rate on its UK self-storage income. The Group is normally 
only liable to UK tax on the profits attributable to the residual business, consisting of the sale of ancillary products such as insurance and packaging 
products, which incurred a UK tax charge of £nil (FY2015: £0.2 million).

The underlying tax charge relating to Paris amounted to £3.7 million, which compares to the total of underlying current tax and underlying deferred 
tax of £3.0 million in the prior year, with the year-on-year increase attributable to the increased underlying pre-tax profit in Paris and the translational 
impact of the strengthening of the Euro. The underlying deferred tax in the prior year has not been repeated in 2016.

All other deferred tax movements are non-underlying, and relate to Paris. The deferred tax impact of the revaluation gain on investment properties 
was a charge of £4.0 million (FY2015: £6.3 million).

Profit after tax
As a result of the movements explained above, profit after tax for 2016 was £87.4 million as compared with £108.7 million in 2015. Basic EPS was 
42.0 pence (FY2015: 52.4 pence) and diluted EPS was 41.7 pence (FY2015: 52.0 pence). Management considers cash tax adjusted EPS to be more 
representative of the underlying EPS performance of the business and this is discussed above.

Dividends
The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 8.05 pence (FY2015: 6.65 pence), which shareholders will be asked to approve at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting on 22 March 2017. If approved by shareholders, the final dividend will be payable on 7 April 2017 to 
shareholders on the register at close of business on 10 March 2017. 

Reflective of the Group’s improved performance, the Group’s full year dividend of 11.65 pence is 20.7% up on the prior year dividend of 9.65 pence. 
The property income dividend (“PID”) element of the full year dividend is 9.85 pence (FY2015: 9.65 pence).

Property valuation
Cushman & Wakefield LLP has valued the Group’s property portfolio. As at 31 October 2016, the total value of the Group’s property portfolio was 
£943.3 million (excluding investment properties under construction of £10.9 million). This represents an increase of £167.8 million compared with the 
£775.5 million valuation as at 31 October 2015. A reconciliation of the movement is set out below:

Value as at 1 November 2015

Currency translation movement

Additions

Acquisition of subsidiary

Reclassifications

Revaluation

Value at 31 October 2016

UK
£’m

597.6

—

9.4

48.0

8.1

36.6

Paris
£’m

177.9

48.7

2.2

—

5.6

9.2

Total
£’m

775.5

48.7

11.6

48.0

13.7

45.8

699.7

243.6

943.3

Paris
€’m

249.3

—

2.8

—

7.1

11.7

270.9

22

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportThe exchange rate at 31 October 2016 was €1.11:£1 compared with €1.40:£1 at 31 October 2015. This movement in the foreign exchange rate has 
resulted in a £48.7 million favourable currency translation movement in the year. This has benefited Group net asset value (“NAV”) but had no 
impact on the loan-to-value (“LTV”) covenant as the assets in Paris are tested in Euros.

The value of the UK property portfolio has increased by £102.1 million compared with 31 October 2015, comprising a £36.6 million valuation gain, 
£48.0 million arising on the Space Maker acquisition and capital additions (including reclassifications from investment properties under 
construction) of £17.5 million.

Our Chiswick store opened after our year end on 4 November 2016, so remained classified as an investment property under construction as at 
31 October 2016 and is valued at £10.9 million.

In Paris, the value of the property portfolio increased by €21.6 million, of which €11.7 million was valuation gain and capital additions (including reclassifications) 
were €9.9 million. However, the net increase in Sterling amounted to £65.7 million, due to the foreign exchange benefit described above.

The Group’s freehold exit yield for the valuation at 31 October 2016 was 7.19%, consistent with 7.18% at 31 October 2015, and the weighted 
average annual discount rate for the whole portfolio has reduced slightly from 10.79% at 31 October 2015 to 10.75% at 31 October 2016.

The adjusted EPRA NAV per share was 300.0 pence at 31 October 2016, up 17.0% on 31 October 2015, reflecting a £96.8 million increase in 
reported net assets during the year.

Gearing and capital structure
The Group’s borrowings comprise bank borrowing facilities, made up of a UK term loan and revolving facilities in the UK and France, as well as a 
US private placement.

Net debt (including finance leases and cash) stood at £369.2 million at 31 October 2016, an increase of £86.4 million from the 2015 position of 
£282.8 million. Total capital (net debt plus equity) increased from £773.4 million at 31 October 2015 to £956.6 million at 31 October 2016. The net impact 
is that the gearing ratio has increased from 37% to 39% in the year. 

Management also measures gearing with reference to its loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio defined as gross debt (excluding finance leases, but adjusted for 
the fair value of the US Dollar cross currency swaps) as a proportion of the valuation of investment properties and investment properties under 
construction (excluding finance leases). At 31 October 2016 the Group LTV ratio was 31% as compared to 32% at 31 October 2015. This reduction 
in LTV has arisen principally due to the £172.7 million increase in value of the Group’s investment property portfolio, which included £48.0 million 
arising on the Space Maker acquisition, despite a £45.4 million increase in gross debt, due to net loan drawdowns of £38.6 million, mainly to acquire 
Space Maker, and adverse currency movements. The Board considers this level of gearing is appropriate for the business to enable the Group to 
increase returns on equity, maintain financial flexibility and to achieve our medium-term strategic objectives.

The Group’s £126 million UK term loan facility and £125 million UK revolver both run to June 2020 and currently attract a margin of 1.50%. The UK 
revolver facility was increased by £45 million during the year, from £80 million, in anticipation of the acquisition of Space Maker. The amount drawn 
under the UK revolver has increased by a net £41 million during the period, from £20 million at 31 October 2015 to £61 million at 31 October 2016.

The Group’s Euro revolver is €70 million, of which €42 million had been drawn as at 31 October 2016 following the net repayment of €3 million 
during the year. It also runs to June 2020 and currently attracts a margin of 1.50%.

Of the US private placement debt, which totals $113 million issued in 2012, $66 million was issued at 5.52% (swapped to 5.83%) with 2019 maturity 
and $47 million was issued at 6.29% (swapped to 6.74%) with 2024 maturity. It is worth noting that although the value of the US private placement 
debt when reported in Sterling has increased by £19.5 million during the year, to £92.7 million, due to adverse movements on the US Dollar exchange 
rate, this is compensated by a £20.8 million fair valuation gain arising on the US dollar cross currency swaps which we hold as an economic hedge 
against these borrowings.

As at 31 October 2016, the weighted average remaining term for the Group’s committed borrowings facilities is 3.9 years.

Borrowings under the existing loan facilities are subject to certain financial covenants. The UK bank facilities and the US private placement share interest 
cover and LTV covenants. The interest cover requirement increased to a level of EBITDA:interest of 2.4:1 in July 2016, where it will remain until the 
end of the facilities’ terms. Interest cover for the year ended 31 October 2016 is 5.5x. 

The LTV covenant is 60% in both the UK and France, where it will remain until the end of the facilities’ terms. As at 31 October 2016, there is significant 
headroom in both the UK LTV and the French LTV covenant calculations.

The Group is in compliance with its covenants at 31 October 2016 and, based on forecast projections, is expected to be in compliance for a period 
in excess of twelve months from the date of this report.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

23

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsFinancial review continued

Cash flow
The table below sets out the cash flow of the business in 2016 and 2015.

Underlying EBITDA

Working capital/exceptionals/other

Operating cash inflow
Interest payments

Leasehold rent payments

Tax payments

Free cash flow (before investing and financing activities)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Capital expenditure – investment properties

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment

Capital Goods Scheme receipt

Proceeds from disposal – investment properties

Net cash flow after investing activities
Dividends paid

Issue of share capital

Net drawdown/(repayment) of borrowings

Debt issuance costs

Hedge breakage costs

Net decrease in cash

2016
£’m

64.2

(1.8)

62.4

(9.5)

(8.8)

(1.7)

42.4

(41.8)

(28.3)

(0.8)

1.5

—

(27.0)

(21.3)

0.1

38.6

(0.4)

—

(10.0)

2015
£’m

57.1

1.8

58.9

(12.0)

(9.0)

(0.6)

37.3

—

(7.5)

(0.5)

1.6

1.5

32.4

(17.2)

—

(13.0)

(1.4)

(2.0)

(1.2)

Operating cash flow increased by £3.5 million in the year, principally due to the £7.1 million improvement in underlying EBITDA. Working capital, 
exceptional items and other resulted in a £1.8 million outflow, compared to a £1.8 million inflow in the prior year. The variance was driven by the 
timing of VAT recovery in the UK, the impact of currency in Paris and £1.3 million of exceptional cash costs incurred in respect of corporate 
transactions costs.

Free cash flow (before investing and financing activities) grew by 13.7% to £42.4 million (FY2015: £37.3 million). The free cash flow benefited from 
a £2.5 million reduction in interest payments, reflecting the lower net finance charges incurred during the year.

Investing activities experienced a net outflow of £69.4 million (FY2015: £4.9 million), which included £41.8 million for the acquisition of Space Maker 
(net of the cash acquired) and £28.3 million of capital expenditure on our investment property portfolio, of which £22.3 million was in respect of our 
five new stores at Chiswick, Wandsworth, Altrincham, Birmingham and Emerainville, as well as the extension at Acton. The prior year included the 
purchase of the High Wycombe freehold for £1.8 million less proceeds of £1.5 million for the disposal of our leasehold interest at New Malden.

Financing activities generated a net cash inflow of £17.0 million (FY2015: £33.6 million outflow). The net drawdown of borrowings of £38.6 million 
(FY2015: £13.0 million repayment) was partly offset by dividend payments totalling £21.3 million (FY2015: £17.2 million).

Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer
6 January 2017

24

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportCorporate social responsibility (“CSR”)

We placed emphasis on creating 
stronger teams with clearer ways 
of working together in order to 
better serve our customers

Safestore’s corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) programme ensures 
that we care for our customers, empower our employees, work better 
with our suppliers and drive shareholder value, all whilst making a 
sustainable difference in our environment.

Highlights
 — The total free storage space provided by stores to local charities 

was 11,316 sq ft.

We are committed to operating in a way that:

 — builds a great place to work for our employees;

 — develops relationships with the local community and our 

charity partners;

 — reduces the impact of our activity on the environment; and

 — works with our suppliers to source products with care.

During 2016, we placed emphasis on creating stronger teams with clearer 
ways of working together in order to better serve our customers and the 
local community whilst delivering our commercial objectives.

We want our customers to continue to see Safestore as a business 
that gives back and makes a real difference at a local level.

Our strong senior leadership and regional operational management 
teams give the right support to ensure that our head office and store 
colleagues have the ability to be a force for good.

As a commercially strong business, Safestore encourages every 
employee to play an active role in working for a better tomorrow, 
whilst delivering maximum shareholder value. 

We do this by:

 — ensuring our employees are skilled and have the expertise to deliver 

high levels of customer service;

 — continuing to work with our suppliers to secure sustainable and 

eco-friendly products;

 — managing the resources we use so as to minimise any negative 

impact on the environment; and

 — maintaining our membership of the Self Storage Association to further 
industry standards and codes of ethics for the benefit of our customers. 

We have reported our CSR progress under the four areas of: 
Our Customers, Our People, Our Community and Our Environment.

 — We achieved an overall recycling rate of 62%.

 — LED lighting is being fitted throughout our UK portfolio with ten 

stores completed to date.

 — 52 colleagues were successfully promoted to a more senior position. 

Our Customers
We believe that at the heart of our successful business is the provision 
of a high standard of customer service online, on the phone and in store. 
Combined with a leading digital platform, our talented workforce across 
the UK is effective at converting enquiries by delivering the best 
customer service.

Just over three years ago, we rolled out Feefo, the independent 
customer rating system for businesses that guarantees 100% genuine 
feedback. Feefo polls real Safestore customers about their experiences 
meaning that feedback is a true representation of consumer opinion. 
All of our stores across the country receive feedback which means 
customers can view the ratings for each individual store.

In 2016, Safestore achieved an average Customer Service Rating of 95% 
based on the customers who rated their experience as “Excellent” or “Good”. 
Having achieved this service level, Safestore was again recognised with a 
“Gold Trusted Merchant” award – given to businesses achieving over 95%.

The success of Safestore is dependent on recruiting, developing and 
retaining the right people and supporting and engaging them so that 
they are able to deliver the best customer service.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

25

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate social responsibility (“CSR”) continued

Our People
Our colleagues play a pivotal role in providing the best solution for 
our customers and we are passionate in providing a CSR programme 
that ensures they are truly placed at the heart of our business. This 
helps our colleagues in achieving their goals and is underpinned by 
our commitment to attract and retain the very best talent to shape 
our future success.

Health and safety
We provide a healthy and safe environment for our people, customers, 
suppliers and contractors. Safestore endeavours to continuously strive 
to meet, and where possible exceed, best practice by:

 — conducting regular health and safety reviews across our portfolio 
including the review of risk assessments and accident reports to 
identify, prevent and mitigate against potential risks;

 — ensuring our Health and Safety Committee meets regularly to review 
issues, processes, policy and actions harnessing a culture where 
health and safety always sits high on our agenda;

 — delivering accredited health and safety training relevant to job role 

as standard to all colleagues; and

 — increasing awareness and compliance through a blended 

learning approach.

Training and development
As an “Investors in People” organisation since 2003 our aim is to be an 
employer of choice and we passionately believe that our continual success 
is dependent on our highly motivated and well trained colleagues.

We are delighted that for the year FY2016 our people have participated 
in over 27,500 hours of formal training time.

This training consisted of:

 — The Learning Space – our innovative e-learning platform is designed 
to aid effective adult learning and development in the workplace 
and completes our blended learning approach. There are currently 
18 modules available to our people in an engaging, bite-sized and 
efficient format;

 — Our Values and Behaviours – our framework for articulating the 

attributes of high performing team members has been incorporated 
into a revised performance management system and, along with 
commercial results, informs our performance related pay principles;

 — Pay for Skills – our medium-term strategy to support internal talent 
has created clearly defined career pathways linked to reward and 
recognition which enables us to attract higher calibre individuals 
at entry level and develop our future store management population 
in a consistent way; and

 — Store Management Development Programme – this programme 

has been developed during the latter part of FY2016, due for launch 
early in FY2017. The Safestore Store Management Development 
Programme prepares the next generation of internally developed 
managers. The twelve-month programme will focus on developing 
competent, business-focused managers who have a talent in 
building highly performing teams.

Equality and diversity
 — Committing to equality of opportunity in all our employment 

practices, policies and procedures. No team member or potential 
team member will receive less favourable treatment due to any 
of the following protected characteristics: age, disability, gender 
reassignment, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual orientation, 
marriage and civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity;

 — being an equal opportunities employer that maintains a workforce 

that reflects the uniqueness of the communities in which we operate;

 — refreshing our recruitment and induction tools to identify high calibre 

people and enable their performance as early as possible;

 — upskilling our select network of Recruitment and Training Store 

 — continuing to nurture the talents of our people and the benefit they 
bring to our varying business functions through a clearly defined 
and transparent performance framework;

Managers within our Store Operations teams to improve consistency 
in our recruitment and induction experiences;

 — taking all reasonable steps to employ, train and promote employees 

on the basis of their experience, abilities and qualifications; 

 — developing our colleagues’ sales and customer service skills 

continually regardless of length of service through on-boarding 
and refresher programmes;

 — fulfilling health and safety requirements;

 — creating a coaching and performance culture determined by explicit 
standards, consistency and sustainability in order to support individual 
needs at all job levels whilst driving performance forward as a 
collective; and

 — leadership development for our management and senior 

management population.

In keeping with our approach of continuous improvement, we have 
delivered several key initiatives to support our people’s performance:

 — maintaining an active succession planning strategy that considers 
the ability of internal colleagues before recruiting externally and 
ensuring that the criteria for selecting team members for training 
opportunities is non-discriminatory. These are based upon the 
individual’s merits, abilities and needs, business needs, and the 
availability of appropriate training and development opportunities. 
All team members participate in the appraisal process and there 
is positive encouragement to discuss development and training 
needs and opportunities; and

 — launch of Equality Essentials, our bespoke e-learning workshop, 
which will be delivered to every employee at Safestore, covering 
the following key areas:

 — introduction to equality, diversity and protected characteristics;

 — QUEST – this year we have continued to develop all new team 

 — handling harassment;

members using the two-day selling skills programme QUEST. This 
workshop provides every team member at Safestore with skills 
and tools to enable them to focus on the customer’s needs 
at every stage of the buying cycle;

 — providing an inclusive service; and

 — equality in action.

26

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Strategic reportGender split at 31 October 2016

Board Directors 

Senior managers (excluding Directors)

All employees

Male

5

7

394

Female

2

1

186

Work–life balance
 — Providing a range of initiatives that celebrate the cultural diversity 
of our colleagues including a tax free cycle to work scheme and 
Childcare Voucher scheme;

 — engaging in programmes that encourage our people to take responsibility 
for their own development with funding for professional qualifications;

 — welcoming and considering all requests from colleagues for flexible 

working on a case-by-case basis; and

 — recognising that there may be circumstances when it is more beneficial 
or flexible for individuals to work at home, either on a permanent basis, 
or in order to complete a particular task, for example a special project. 
Providing guidance and support to both occasional one-off working 
from home as well as flexible working requests which incorporate 
a request to work from home.

Promotions
52 colleagues were successfully promoted to a more senior position.

Jon Meech, CEO, Hands on London, said:
“Wrap Up London is one of the largest winter volunteering events in 
London. Every year, a small army of volunteers collect, sort and distribute 
over 15,000 warm coats to the city’s most vulnerable people. Such an 
undertaking would not be possible without the support of Safestore. 
One of the biggest challenges is finding storage for this enormous quantity 
of donated coats during the campaign. For five years, Safestore have 
supported Wrap Up London with this valuable space and enabled their 
city centre locations to act as collection points. During 2016, they made 
every Safestore in Manchester available for the first Wrap Up Manchester 
campaign. This support has helped at least 60,000 vulnerable people.”

Trinity Big SleepOut
Another of Safestore’s main charity partners is Trinity, a charity which 
provides housing, coaching, training, work placements and support 
to help homeless people gain back their independence and build 
a life again.

To raise awareness of the issue of homelessness in London, Trinity 
holds an annual “The Big SleepOut” giving people the opportunity to 
raise money towards trying to eradicate homelessness. For one night 
in November 2015, over 1,000 people bedded down for the night at 
a local stadium with nothing but a cardboard box for shelter.

As Safestore is committed to being a responsible business and helping 
our local communities, we provided the boxes for the participants to 
use in the campaign.

Our Community
At Safestore, we believe that we can make a positive difference to 
our communities through partnerships and supporting local charities. 
Our staff in stores across the UK play a vital role in our CSR programme 
by using their local knowledge and expertise to seek out local charities 
with whom to partner and support through raising awareness 
and fundraising.

Andy Robertson, Communications Manager at Trinity, said: 
“It’s absolutely brilliant that Safestore have been moved to take part 
again in this year’s Big SleepOut. By providing boxes for our SleepOut 
participants, Safestore are playing a major role in this year’s event 
– unfortunately cardboard boxes represent rough sleeping in such 
an iconic way, and we are hugely grateful for Safestore’s support 
with this campaign.”

In 2016, we continued to:

 — build new relationships and provide in-store support for a number 

of local charities;

 — provide free storage space for 114 charities within our local 

communities through our “charity room in every store” scheme; and

 — harness the power of social media and blogging to assist our charity 

partners in raising awareness of their cause.

Hands on London
Safestore is proud to continue supporting Hands on London, a charity 
dedicated to community-based volunteering. For the fifth year running, 
we participated in their Wrap Up London campaign encouraging 
Londoners to donate any unwanted coats ahead of the winter season. 

Four London-based Safestore stores acted as drop-off points for 
the coats where volunteers were able to count, sort and package 
up over 13,900 coats collected for distribution. These were then 
used to support over 100 organisations including various homeless 
shelters, women’s refuges, youth centres, refugee support groups, 
care homes and centres for the elderly.

Charity Champions
As part of our ongoing commitment to engage our colleagues about 
CSR initiatives, Safestore was proud to introduce Charity Champions 
in 2013. These inspiring individuals continue to act as ambassadors 
for the stores within their region, encourage fundraising activities, support 
centrally run initiatives, and engage with the local community and 
charities throughout the year.

Tiffiny Franklin, Marketing Executive at Safestore, said: 
“As a company, Safestore are constantly looking to support charities 
in the best way possible. We now have the largest number of charity 
partners in our history and that number is continuing to grow. Our Charity 
Champions have been elected to add an extra dimension to our efforts, 
promoting a hands-on approach instead of the “silent” partnership 
seen in previous years.”

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

27

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate social responsibility (“CSR”) continued

Our Community continued
Other local charity support
We currently support 114 individual charities with free storage space 
through our “charity room in every store” scheme. By donating as much 
free space as possible, we have enabled a diverse range of local charities 
to focus on their core activities without the added cost of storing donations 
and archives etc. The wide range of charities storing with us include 
CLIC Sargent, RSPCA, Action Against Hunger, NCT and more.

Slawomir Dzialach, Stock and Logistics Manager at CLIC 
Sargent, said:
“We are hugely grateful to Safestore for their generous donation of storage 
space for our warehouse team to use. Having this support from Safestore 
over the past seven years has been hugely valuable and we would like 
to say a big thank you to all those involved.”

In addition to the provision of storage space, we are always supportive 
and proud when our staff go beyond and actively get involved with a 
charity in their local community.

Our local charity support saw the staff team in Bury abseil down the 
128ft Peel Tower to raise funds and awareness for Annabelle’s Challenge. 
Another team from Safestore took part in the gruelling 10km Bear Grylls 
Survival Race to raise £1,500 for Macmillan Cancer Support.

In addition to fundraising, Safestore staff are keen to work meaningfully 
with those in the local community. Following the rebuild of our Wandsworth 
store, leftover materials were donated by our builders which were used 
to create a community garden at a local school.

We believe it is important for our colleagues to recognise how our 
activities can have an impact on those around us and events like these 
can inspire and encourage our staff to get involved and provide some 
hands-on help where it matters.

Our Environment 
Our scale means that we need to focus on reducing our impact on 
the environment whilst working with suppliers who are committed 
to sustainable business practices.

We strive to:

 — minimise waste production and promote reuse and recycling 

where possible;

 — ensure the safe handling and disposal of waste products;

 — continue to deploy cardboard recycling facilities across our stores;

 — reduce our energy usage through a range of initiatives;

 — work with our suppliers to build more sustainable supply chains; and

 — use eco-friendly solutions when building new stores and, as a 

minimum, building to the BRE Environmental Assessment Method.

During the year, we have achieved:

 — an overall recycling rate of 62% with the recycling collections in place 

at all of our sites up 13 percentage points on last year;

 — 95% of lighting now controlled by motion sensors in our stores;

 — full LED lighting and LED emergency lights fitted within ten stores 

and is expected to show a 30% saving on our energy bills;

 — two of our new stores have been fitted with photovoltaic solar 

panels, which will significantly increase the kWh we generate; and

 — a “Green Wall” built at the rear of our newest store in Chiswick. 
The vertical garden will soften the store’s exterior which faces 
residential properties and will become a haven for bees and 
British wildlife in the summer months.

28

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Our packaging range
Oxy-biodegradable bubble sales remain similar, within 500 kg of the 
previous year, as do polythene cover sales, within 200 kg; stretch 
film reels are slightly up by 1,500 kg. 

The change in logistics approach for the northern stores from July 2016 will 
show in time a reduction in overall transport emissions and environmental 
impact as our logistics partner uses their vehicles more efficiently as they 
are already travelling to the area and we would have to make a special 
journey. We estimate that with the reduction in movement of our vehicles 
this will save around 1,280 kg of CO2 per month, so already saved over five 
tonnes and would expect to save just over 15,000 kg over a year. 

We are always looking out for more environmentally friendly solutions 
for all of our product range and will continue this process.

Mandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) 
emissions reporting 
This report was undertaken for the UK mandatory GHG reporting 
legislation, which requires the Company to report its GHG emissions 
for the latest financial year. The Capstone Consultancy (“Capstone”) 
has been commissioned to compile our environmental data including: 
GHG emissions, stationary energy use, waste generation and 
water use. 

The data collected covers all of the Company’s sites in the UK and 
in France (including the twelve new stores that were acquired through 
the acquisition of Space Maker Stores Limited (“SMS”) which 
completed on 29 July 2016). 

Methodology 
Scope of analysis and data collection 
Capstone reviewed the following raw data provided by Safestore: building 
sq ft, stationary energy use, UK vehicle mileage, waste generation 
and water use. The Company does not have any refrigerant leakage. 
This report uses the data from 1 September 2015 to 31 August 2016; 
this is a similar reporting period to last year. 

KPI selection and calculation 
For the purposes of this report Capstone concentrated on stationary 
energy use, business travel, waste generation and water use as the 
key performance indicators (“KPIs”) of the Group. 

CO2e units have been used throughout this report for Safestore’s 
UK and French energy consumption. The source of the French CO2e 
conversion factors have changed in this year’s report as they are no 
longer made available by Defra. This is outlined in further detail at 
the end of this report.

Background 
The Greenhouse Gas Protocol differentiates between direct and indirect 
emissions using a classification system across three different scopes: 

 — Scope 1 includes direct emissions from sources which the Company 
owns or controls. This includes direct emissions from fuel combustion 
and industrial processes. 

 — Scope 2 covers indirect emissions relating solely to the generation 

of purchased electricity that is consumed by the owned or controlled 
equipment or operations of the Company. 

 — Scope 3 covers other indirect emissions including third party-provided 

business travel. 

Strategic reportCalculation 
 — Scope 1 emissions were calculated from data on stationary energy 

Table 2: Mandatory GHG emissions reporting data 
2014/15
Data point

Units

use and business vehicle mileage; and 

 — Scope 2 emissions were calculated from electricity consumption data. 

Group environmental performance 
Safestore completed its acquisition of SMS on 29 July 2016 and has 
reported data for the twelve acquired stores for the period 1 August 
2016 to 31 August 2016 within this report. Table 1 displays Safestore’s 
“like-for-like performance” (excluding SMS) and “total Group performance” 
(including SMS) for stationary energy use, business travel mileage, waste 
generation and water consumption against the previous financial year.

Table 1: Group environmental performance 

Scope 1

Scope 2

Total GHG 
CO2e
Scope 1+2 
intensity

Note 

tonnes CO2e  
(UK and France)
tonnes CO2e  
(UK and France)
total tonnes CO2e  
(UK and France)
tonnes CO2e/floor space 
(thousand sq ft)

659

7,820

8,479

1.06

2015/16

524

6,708

7,232

0.86

Like-for-like
 performance
(excluding
 SMS)
2015/16
(Sept–Aug)

Total Group 
performance 
(including 
SMS)
2015/16 
(Sept–Aug)

Previous year
 performance
2014/15
(Sept–Aug)

2,798,080

1,887,917
1,887,917
19,631,052 19,006,985 19,165,216
612,588

486,192

612,588

605

593

41

753

417

56

757

419

56

Data compiled by Capstone using data received from Safestore.

We used the Defra and Greenhouse Gas Protocol methodology 
for compiling this GHG data and, for UK energy consumption 
and emissions, included the following material GHGs: CO2, N2O 
and CH4. In accordance with the Defra reporting guidelines and 
data conversion factors for greenhouse gas emissions, the equivalent 
reports on Safestore’s French properties used the CO2e factors 
provided by the International Energy Agency. We used the following 
emission conversion factor sources: 

 — natural gas: Defra 2016 conversion factor for kWh natural gas 

(gross CV basis); 

 — diesel: Defra 2016 conversion factor for miles of diesel 

35,512

36,798

37,005

(average car); and

Item

Natural gas

Electricity

Travel

Recycling

Units

kWh

kWh

miles

tonnes

Energy from waste tonnes

Landfill
Purchased water m3

tonnes

The following highlights refer to the “total Group performance” 
(including SMS).

Safestore’s total stationary energy use was 21,053,133 kWh of energy 
in the twelve months to 31 August 2016, which is a 6.1% reduction 
compared with the previous financial year. Within this overall reduction 
there was a reduction of 32.5% in natural gas consumption and 
a reduction of 2.4% in electricity consumption. 

Business vehicles travelled 612,588 miles in the twelve months 
to 31 August 2016, resulting in a 26% increase compared with the 
previous financial year. This increase correlates with an increase 
in the number of drivers undertaking business mileage, resulting 
in an increase in the intensity of travel GHG emissions of 10%.

Safestore generated 1,232 tonnes of waste in the twelve months to 
31 August 2016, which is a 0.5% reduction compared with the previous 
financial year. We are pleased to report that 62% of our total waste was 
recycled, which is a 25.1% increase compared to the previous financial 
year. Water use was 37,005m3, which is an increase of 4.2% on the 
previous year, but in practice whilst some of this increase is associated 
with increased consumption we believe that some of this increase is 
attributed to our improving data and bill management. 

Mandatory GHG reporting 
Our Company’s disclosure for the 2015/16 financial year, in accordance 
with the mandatory greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reporting 
legislation, is stated in table 2: 

 — purchased electricity: 

 — UK: Defra 2016 conversion factor; and 

 — France: International Energy Association (“IEA”) Fuel Combustion 
conversion factor as supported by the IEA Foreign Electricity 
Emissions Factors (note: Defra no longer provides the overseas 
electricity generation conversion factors and the conversion 
factors are obtained directly from the IEA). 

Our GHG emissions for 2015/16 covered 100% of floor space 
and the UK vehicle fleet, both directly controlled and owner driven 
vehicles (company mileage only). 

Total GHG emissions for Scope 1 and Scope 2 for the twelve-month 
period to 31 August 2016 were 7,232 tonnes CO2e with Scope 1 
accounting for 7% and Scope 2 accounting for 93% of the total GHG 
emissions. On a reporting basis total GHG emissions have fallen by 
15% compared with the previous financial year due to a number of 
factors including reductions in natural gas consumption, electricity 
consumption and a rebasing of the GHG conversion factors. The 
rebasing of GHG conversion factors has seen the conversion factor 
for electricity reduced by 11% which reflects changes to the UK’s 
energy mix which saw a reduction in the use of coal and an increase 
in gas and renewables. Whilst this reduction will have affected our 
total GHG emissions, even if last year’s data was rebased on the 
2016 Defra GHG conversion factors our comparable emissions 
would still have reduced by 8.2% on a like-for-like basis.

Based on the Defra 2016 conversion factors our Scope 1+2 intensity 
has decreased slightly from 1.06 tonnes CO2e per 1,000 sq ft in 
2014/15 to 0.86 tonnes CO2e per 1,000 sq ft in 2015/16.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

29

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance introduction

Board of Directors

The Group recognises 
the importance of, 
and is committed to, 
high standards of 
corporate governance

Chairman’s governance statement
The Board of Safestore believes that corporate governance is important 
in ensuring its effectiveness. It has an established framework of policies 
and processes that are regularly reviewed against developments in the 
legislative, regulatory and governance landscape.

This governance report comprises the following sections:

 — Board of Directors

 — How the Board works

 — Effectiveness

 — Relations with shareholders

 — Accountability

 — Nomination Committee report

 — Audit Committee report

 — Directors’ remuneration report

The role of the Board
The Board’s main role is to work with the Executive Team, providing 
support and advice to complement and enhance the work undertaken. 
The Board consistently challenges processes, plans and actions in order 
to promote continuous and sustained improvement across the business.

UK Corporate Governance Code – statement 
of compliance
The Group recognises the importance of, and is committed to, 
high standards of corporate governance. These are set out in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
in September 2014 (“the Code”), which is the version of the Code which 
applies to the Company for its 2016 financial year. The Board is accountable 
to the Company’s shareholders for good governance and this report 
describes how the Board has applied the main principles of good 
governance set out in the Code during the year under review. Throughout 
the year ended 31 October 2016, the Company has complied with 
the main principles of the Code.

Approved for release on 9 January 2017

A S Lewis
Non-Executive Chairman

30

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

N

Alan Lewis
Non-Executive Chairman
Alan Lewis joined the Group in June 2009 as a 
Non-Executive Director and was appointed Chairman 
in January 2014. He is also on the supervisory board 
of Palico, a Paris and New York-based information 
business for the private equity industry, and chairman 
of Amplan, a private property development and 
investment business. He is an advisory board member 
of Leaders’ Quest, a social enterprise that develops 
leaders from diverse backgrounds.

After five years in manufacturing with RTZ and Black 
& Decker he spent 30 years in the private equity industry, 
firstly with 3i, then from 1991 to 2011 with Bridgepoint, 
where he was a founding partner. Since 2011 he has 
been an independent chairman of various companies 
including Leeds Bradford Airport and Porterbrook, 
a train leasing company. Alan is a graduate of the 
University of Liverpool and holds an MBA 
from Manchester Business School.

RNA

Ian Krieger
Senior Independent Director
Ian Krieger joined the Group in October 2013 
as a Non-Executive Director and was appointed 
Chairman of the Audit Committee in April 2014 
and Senior Independent Director in March 2015. 
He is senior independent director and chairman 
of the audit committee of Premier Foods plc, 
and a non-executive director and chairman of the 
audit committee of Capital & Regional plc. He is 
vice-chairman of Anthony Nolan (blood cancer 
charity) where he is chairman of the audit committee 
and he is also a trustee and chairman of the finance 
committee of the Nuffield Trust. Previously Ian was 
a senior partner and vice-chairman at Deloitte until 
his retirement in 2012. During his 40-year career 
at Arthur Andersen and since 2002 at Deloitte, his 
responsibilities have included heading the corporate 
finance practice, the London corporate audit division 
and the private equity practice.

GovernanceFrederic Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer
Frederic Vecchioli is a founding Director of our French 
business since 1998 and has overseen its growth to 25 
stores in Paris operating under the “Une Pièce En Plus” 
brand. He joined the Group as President and Head of 
French Operations following the Mentmore acquisition 
in 2004. Frederic became Chief Executive Officer of 
the Group in September 2013. He has a master 
of finance degree from Paris Dauphine University.

Andy Jones
Chief Financial Officer
Andy Jones joined the Group in May 2013 as Chief 
Financial Officer. Andy’s previous role was director of 
group finance at Worldpay Limited, prior to which he 
held the positions of director of finance and investor 
relations at TUI Travel PLC and chief financial officer 
at Virgin Entertainment Group in the US. Andy began 
his career at Ernst & Young, where he qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant in 1992. Andy is a graduate 
of the University of Birmingham.

RNA

Joanne Kenrick
Non-Executive Director
Joanne Kenrick joined the Group in October 2014 
as a Non-Executive Director. She is currently a 
non-executive director of Welsh Water, an independent 
director of Bacs, and chair of trustees of the charity 
Make Some Noise. Until September 2015 Joanne 
was a non-executive director of Principality Building 
Society where she was also a member of the 
conduct and nominations committees. Previously, 
Joanne was chief executive officer of Start, a Prince 
of Wales charity. She was marketing director at 
Homebase, marketing and customer proposition 
director at B&Q and marketing director at Camelot 
Group plc. Joanne has a law degree and started her 
career at Mars Confectionery and PepsiCo.

R

Claire Balmforth
Non-Executive Director
Claire Balmforth joined the Group in August 2016 as 
a Non-Executive Director and was appointed Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee. She has been group 
HR director of the Priory Group since July 2014. 
Previously, Claire was at Carpetright plc where she 
served as group human resources director from 2006 
and as operations director UK from 2011. She also 
served as its people and customer director. She 
began her career in Selfridges, and has worked in 
many retail businesses including Tesco and Boots 
and has experience in the B2B sector with RAC plc.

RA

Bill Oliver
Non-Executive Director
Bill Oliver joined the Group in November 2016 as 
a Non-Executive Director and as a member of the 
Remuneration and Audit Committees of the Board. 
He is non-executive deputy chairman of Churchill 
Retirement plc, a privately owned company. Bill is a 
chartered accountant with over 30 years’ experience 
with residential and commercial development companies 
such as Alfred McAlpine, Barratt and the Rutland 
Group. He joined St Modwen Properties PLC in 2000 
as finance director and was subsequently appointed 
managing director in 2003 and chief executive in 2004, 
and he retired from this role in November 2016. 
Bill is also a member of the advisory board of the 
government’s Regeneration Investment Organisation.

NA

Keith Edelman
Non-Executive Director
Keith Edelman retired from the Board in December 2016 
having joined the Group in September 2009 as a 
Non-Executive Director. Keith was Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee from March 2010 to July 2016. 
He is currently chairman of Revolution Bars Group, 
the senior independent director of Supergroup Plc 
and non-executive director of the Olympic Park 
Legacy. Prior to this, he was managing director of 
Arsenal Holdings Plc, chief executive of Storehouse 
Plc, managing director of Carlton Communications 
Plc and corporate planning director of Ladbroke Plc. 
Keith has extensive retail and international experience 
and has served on the boards of public companies 
for 30 years across a wide range of businesses 
and markets.

Committee membership

  Chairman of Committee

A   Audit Committee

N   Nomination Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

31

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

How the Board works
The Board
The Code recommends that the Board should include a balance of 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors, such that no individual or small 
group of individuals can dominate the Board’s decision making. It further 
recommends that at least half of the Board, excluding the Chairman, 
should comprise Non-Executive Directors determined by the Board 
to be independent and that one Non-Executive Director should be 
nominated as the Senior Independent Director.

Following Keith Edelman’s retirement from the Board on 31 December 2016, 
the Company currently has seven Directors, which include the Chairman, 
two Executive Directors and four independent Non-Executive Directors. 
As a result, the Directors consider that there is a satisfactory balance 
of decision-making power on the Board.

The Board monitors the independence of its Non-Executive Directors. 
The Board is aware of the other commitments of its Directors and is satisfied 
that these do not conflict with their duties as Non-Executive Directors 
of the Company. The Executive Directors do not hold any executive or 
non-executive directorships in other companies.

Alan Lewis was deemed to be independent from January 2011 following 
the disposal by Bridgepoint of its major shareholding in the Company. 
Each of the remaining Non-Executive Directors was deemed to be 
independent upon their appointment. Ian Krieger is the Senior 
Independent Director.

A clear division of responsibility at the head of the Group is established, 
agreed in writing and approved by the Board. There is a clear division of 
responsibilities between the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer. 
The Chairman is responsible for the management of the Board and for 
aspects of external relations, while the Chief Executive Officer has overall 
responsibility for the management of the Group’s businesses and 
implementation of the strategy approved by the Board. The statement 
of the division of responsibilities between the Chairman and the 
Chief Executive Officer is available on the Group’s website 
at www.safestore.com.

Composition of the Board at January 2017

Chairman

Executive Directors

Independent Non-Executive Directors

1

2

4

Appropriate directors’ and officers’ insurance cover is arranged by 
the Group through its insurance brokers and is reviewed annually.

Board process
The Board normally schedules at least eight meetings throughout the 
year, including an extended strategy review. Additional meetings are 
held as and when required.

It has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for its decision, 
which includes (amongst other things) the approval of strategic plans, 
annual budgets, interim and full year preliminary results announcements 
and financial statements and internal control and risk analysis.

Attendance at Board/Committee meetings 
Attendance of the individual Directors of the Board, and of the members of the Committees, at meetings that they were eligible to attend during 
the financial year is shown in the table below:

Director who served during the year

Alan Lewis

Frederic Vecchioli

Andy Jones
Ian Krieger

Keith Edelman

Joanne Kenrick

Claire Balmforth

Board

Audit
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

8/8

8/8

8/8
8/8

8/8

7/8

1/1

—

—

—
3/3

3/3

3/3

—

3/3

—

—
3/3

2/2

3/3

—

—

—

—

7/7

4/4

6/7

3/3

32

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceJoanne Kenrick was indisposed and unable to attend the Board and 
Remuneration Committee meetings in December 2015. Keith Edelman 
ceased to be a member of the Remuneration Committee in July 2016, 
and retired from the Board in December 2016. Claire Balmforth was 
appointed to the Board in August 2016. Bill Oliver was appointed to 
the Board in the new financial year, on 1 November 2016. 

Implementation of agreed plans, budgets and projects in pursuit of the 
Group’s strategy and the actual operation of the Group’s system of internal 
control and risk management are delegated to the Executive Directors.

The services of the Company Secretary are available to all members 
of the Board. Board minutes are circulated to all Board members. There 
is also regular informal contact between Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors to deal with important matters that arise between scheduled 
Board meetings. A separate meeting for Non-Executive Directors only 
is held at least once in every year.

Board Committees
The Board has three principal Committees, each of whose terms of 
reference are available from the investor relations page of the Group’s 
website at www.safestore.com.

All Committees and all Directors have the authority to seek information 
from any Group Director or employee and to obtain professional advice.

Nomination Committee (page 35)
The Nomination Committee comprises Alan Lewis (Chairman), Ian Krieger 
and Joanne Kenrick. Keith Edelman was a member of the Committee 
until his retirement in December 2016.

Audit Committee (pages 36 and 37)
The Audit Committee comprises Ian Krieger (Chairman), Joanne Kenrick 
and Bill Oliver. Keith Edelman was a member of the Committee until 
his retirement in December 2016. Bill Oliver became a member of the 
Committee upon his appointment to the Board on 1 November 2016.

Remuneration Committee (pages 38 to 57)
The Remuneration Committee comprises Claire Balmforth (Chairman), 
Ian Krieger, Joanne Kenrick and Bill Oliver. Keith Edelman was a member 
of the Committee until July 2016. Claire Balmforth and Bill Oliver became 
members of the Committee upon appointment to the Board in 
August 2016 and November 2016, respectively.

Effectiveness
Board performance evaluation
During the year, an evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 
Committees, the individual Directors and the Chairman was conducted. The 
scope of the Board and Committee evaluation process was agreed with 
the Chairman and undertaken independently by Board Evaluation Limited. 

Directors completed detailed written questionnaires covering a number 
of key areas including strategy, succession planning, Board size and 
composition, risk management and the relationship between the Board 
and management. The results of the reviews were then considered 
by the Chairman and discussed by the Board as a whole.

The review also involved an assessment by the Chairman of individual 
Directors’ own performance. The Chairman’s own performance was 
assessed by the Senior Independent Director.

The anonymity of respondents was ensured in order to promote the 
open and frank exchange of views. A report was produced mapping 
the performance of the Board which addressed the following areas:

 — dynamics of the Board, including the engagement of the Directors 

in the affairs of the Company and the environment in the boardroom;

 — the priorities for Board meetings;

 — management of time and planning of the annual cycle of work 

and agenda;

 — evaluation of the Board’s oversight of operations;

 — management of risk, including the Board’s review and testing 

of risk management policies;

 — composition and performance of the Committees of the Board; and

 — identification of the main priorities for the Board for the coming year. 

The Directors have concluded that, following this evaluation, the Board 
and its Committees operate effectively. Recommendations were made to 
further enhance the performance and effectiveness of the Board and 
agree the priorities for the next year. These enhancements related mainly 
to presentations at strategy discussions, succession planning and the 
training programme for Directors.

The content for any subsequent evaluation will be designed to build upon 
insights gained in the previous exercise to ensure that the recommendations 
agreed in the review have been implemented and that year-on-year progress 
is measured. It is intended that an externally facilitated Board evaluation 
will be held at least every three years.

Board appointments
Every decision to appoint further Directors to the Board is taken by the 
entire Board in a formal meeting based on a recommendation from the 
Nomination Committee. The Nomination Committee consults with financial 
and legal advisers and uses the services of external recruitment specialists. 
New members of the Board are provided with initial and ongoing training 
appropriate to individual needs in respect of their role and duties as 
directors of a listed company and an induction programme.

The service agreements of the Executive Directors and the letters of 
appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection 
at the registered office of the Company during normal business hours, 
including the 15 minutes immediately prior to the AGM. The letters of 
appointment for Non-Executive Directors are in line with the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code relating to expected time commitment.

Re-election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association provide that one-third of the 
Directors retire by rotation each year and that each Director will seek 
re-election by the shareholders at the AGM at least once every three 
years. Additionally, new Directors are subject to election by shareholders 
at the first opportunity after their appointment. All Directors have offered 
to stand for re-election at the 2017 AGM and their details are given in 
the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

33

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance continued

Diversity
The Board has due regard for the benefits of diversity in its membership 
and strives to maintain the right diversity balance including gender, age 
and professional background. The Chairman seeks to ensure that the 
composition of the Board includes individuals with deep knowledge 
and experience, bringing a wide range of perspectives to the business.

Budgetary process
A comprehensive budgeting process is in place, with an annual budget 
prepared and validated at a country and functional level. The budget 
is subject to consideration and approval by the Board. The Directors 
are provided with relevant and timely information required to monitor 
financial performance.

Investment appraisal (including acquisitions)
Budgetary approval and defined authorisation levels regulate capital 
expenditure. Acquisition activity is subject to internal guidelines governing 
investment appraisal criteria, financial targets, negotiation, execution 
and post-acquisition management.

Relations with shareholders
The Group places a great deal of importance on communication with its 
shareholders and maintains a dialogue with them through investor relations 
programmes. These include formal presentations of the full year and 
interim results and meetings with institutional investors and analysts as 
required. To ensure all Board members share a good understanding of 
the views of major shareholders about the Group, there is a formal process 
whereby the Board reviews announcements and reports prior to public 
distribution and is sent summaries of institutional investor comments following 
meetings on the full year and interim results. The Non-Executive Directors 
are available to meet major shareholders when requested.

The Board considers the Annual Report and Financial Statements and 
the AGM to be the primary vehicles for communication with private investors. 
Resolutions are proposed on each substantially separate issue and the 
Company indicates the level of proxy voting lodged in respect of each. 
The AGM gives all shareholders who are able to attend (especially private 
shareholders) the opportunity to hear about the general development 
of the business. It also provides an opportunity for shareholders to ask 
questions of the full Board of Directors, including the Chairmen of the 
Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees.

The Board, as at the date of this Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
comprises 29% women (FY2015: 17%). The Board must continue to provide 
strong leadership at Safestore, and therefore continues to appoint only 
the most appropriate candidates to the Board.

Accountability
Risk management and internal controls
A summary of the principal risks and uncertainties within the business 
is set out on pages 14 to 16.

The Board retains overall responsibility for setting Safestore’s risk appetite, 
and for risk management and internal control systems. The Risk Committee 
supports the Group’s risk management strategy and undertakes regular 
reviews of the formal risk assessment, and reports regularly to the 
Audit Committee of the Board. The Risk Committee is headed by the 
Chief Financial Officer and comprises Executives from the operations, 
finance, secretariat and property functions. Risk management remains 
an ongoing programme within the Group and is formally considered 
at operational meetings as well as at meetings of the Board.

In accordance with Section C.2.3 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Board is responsible for reviewing their effectiveness 
and confirms that:

 — there is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing 

the principal risks faced by the Company;

 — the systems have been in place for the year under review and up to 
the date of approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements;

 — they are regularly reviewed by the Board; and

 — the systems accord with the FRC guidance on risk management, 

internal control and related financial and business reporting.

The Group currently employs a risk manager supported by two store 
auditors who are responsible for reviewing operational and financial control 
at store level. The risk manager reports to the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Chief Financial Officer. Further details are provided in the Audit 
Committee report set out on pages 36 and 37.

During the financial year, the Board has directly, and through delegated 
authority to the Audit and Risk Committees, overseen and reviewed the 
performance and evolution of risk management activities and practices 
and internal control systems within Safestore. Through both its ongoing 
involvement and overview in risk management and internal control 
activities, the Board is satisfied that there have been no significant 
failings or weaknesses identified and the Directors believe that the 
system of internal control is appropriate for the Group. 

34

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceNomination Committee report

Members of the Committee 
The Nomination Committee (“the Committee”) comprises:

 — Alan Lewis (Chairman)

 — Ian Krieger

 — Keith Edelman

 — Joanne Kenrick

Keith Edelman was a member of the Committee until his retirement 
from the Board in December 2016. The Nomination Committee is 
appointed by the Board and it comprises the Chairman of the Board 
and Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman does not chair or attend 
when the Committee is considering matters relating to his position, 
in which circumstances the Committee is chaired by an independent 
Non-Executive Director, usually the Senior Independent Director.

At the invitation of the Committee, any other Director may attend 
meetings of the Committee. 

Role
The Committee keeps the composition of the Board under review, 
makes recommendations on its membership and monitors succession 
planning for Directors. It also evaluates Board and Committee performance. 
The Committee adopts a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure 
for the appointment of new Directors to the Board.

Succession planning
The Board comprises a Chairman, two Executive Directors and four 
Non-Executive Directors who have wide business experience and skills 
as well as a detailed understanding of the Group’s philosophy and 
strategy. It is a key responsibility of the Committee to advise the Board 
on succession planning. The Committee ensures that future changes 
in the Board’s membership are anticipated and properly managed and 
that, in the event of unforeseen changes, management and oversight 
of the Group’s business and long-term strategy will not be disrupted. 
The Committee also addresses continuity in, and development of, 
the Executive Team below Board level.

As a Board, we recognise the benefits of diversity. Diversity of skills, 
background, knowledge, experience and gender, amongst a number of 
other factors, are and will continue to be taken into consideration when 
new appointments to the Board are made. All aspects of diversity are 
considered at every level of recruitment. All appointments to the Board 
are and will continue to be made on merit. The Committee seeks a 
Board composition with the right balance of skills and diversity to meet 
the demands of the business. The Board does not consider that quotas 
are appropriate for its representation and has therefore chosen not to 
set targets. Gender diversity will, however, remain a consideration when 
reviewing the Board’s future composition.

The Committee previously identified a need to appoint 
Non-Executive Directors who had recent or current executive 
experience and had worked in retail or property businesses. 
Specialist recruitment consultants were engaged to undertake a 
search and selection process for additional Non-Executive Directors. 

A shortlist of candidates was prepared by Ridgeway Partners and 
discussed by the Committee, which recommended to the Board that 
Claire Balmforth and Bill Oliver had the appropriate range of skills and 
should be appointed as Non-Executive Directors. The Board agreed 
with these recommendations and Claire Balmforth joined the Board 
in August 2016 and Bill Oliver joined the Board in November 2016. 
The Committee was satisfied that, when providing its advice, 
Ridgeway Partners did not have any other connections with the Company.

During the year, the Committee considered the performance 
of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.

Ian Krieger was appointed Senior Independent Director following 
the Company’s AGM in 2015.

New Director inductions
During the 2016 financial year, the Chairman oversaw Claire Balmforth’s 
induction. The Chairman agreed a full, formal and tailored induction 
programme with her, which included meetings with senior management, 
a number of site visits and briefings from the Company Secretary and 
the Company’s advisers. Claire completed her induction programme 
promptly and reported that she had found this a useful way of developing 
her understanding about the Group. Similarly, Bill Oliver’s induction 
programme commenced upon his appointment in November 2016 
and is due to be concluded during January 2017.

Board performance evaluation
The Board undertook the annual evaluation of the performance of the 
Board and its Committees seeking to identify areas where performance 
and procedures might be improved. Further details are provided in the 
corporate governance section of this report.

Directors standing for re-election
Claire Balmforth and Bill Oliver were appointed to the Board after 
the 2016 AGM.

All Directors will stand for re-election at the 2017 AGM. Following the 
annual Board performance reviews of individual Directors, as applicable, 
the Chairman considers:

 — that each Director subject to re-election continues to operate 

as an effective member of the Board; and

 — that each Director subject to re-election has the skills, knowledge 

and experience that enable them to discharge their duties properly 
and contribute to the effective operation of the Board.

The Board, on the advice of the Committee, therefore recommends the 
re-election of each Director standing for re-election. Full biographical details 
of each Director are available on pages 30 and 31.

The full terms of reference of the Nomination Committee are available 
on the Group’s website at www.safestore.com.

This report was approved by the Nomination Committee for release 
on 9 January 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

A S Lewis
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

35

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAudit Committee report

Members of the Committee
The Audit Committee (“the Committee”) comprises:

 — Ian Krieger (Chairman)

 — Joanne Kenrick

 — Bill Oliver

Bill Oliver joined the Committee upon his appointment to the Board 
in November 2016. Keith Edelman was a member of the Committee 
until his retirement from the Board in December 2016. 

The Committee members have been selected to provide the wide range 
of financial and commercial expertise necessary to fulfil the Committee’s 
duties and responsibilities. The Board considers the Committee members’ 
financial experience to be recent and relevant for the purposes of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code.

In addition to the Committee members, the following were also 
in attendance by invitation:

 — the Chief Financial Officer and the Group Financial Controller;

 — other members of the Board, when considered appropriate – for example, 
the Chairman and the Chief Executive attended meetings at which 
the Group’s full year and half year results were considered; and

 — representatives from Deloitte.

The secretary of the Committee is the Company Secretary. Details of 
attendance at Committee meetings during the 2016 financial year are 
set out on page 32.

Role
The primary function of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling 
its oversight responsibilities. This includes reviewing the financial reports 
and other financial information before publication. In addition, the Committee 
also reviews the systems of internal controls, with respect to finance, 
accounting, risk management, compliance, fraud and audit, that 
management and the Board have established on a continuing basis.

The Committee has responsibility for the financial reporting processes, 
along with reviewing the roles and effectiveness of both the internal store 
assurance team and the external auditor. The ultimate responsibility for 
reviewing and approving the annual and other accounts remains with 
the Board.

The terms of reference set out that the Audit Committee will:

 — serve as an independent and objective party to monitor the quality 
and timeliness of the financial reporting process and monitor the 
internal control systems;

 — review and appraise the effectiveness of the external auditor;

 — provide an open line of communication between the independent 

external auditor and the Board of Directors;

 — confirm and ensure the independence and objectivity of the external 
auditor (in particular, in the context of the provision of additional 
services to the Company);

 — review and ensure the effectiveness of the risk management 

processes of the Company;

 — review and monitor the effectiveness of the store assurance function, 

management’s responsiveness to any findings and recommendations, 
and consideration of the need for the introduction of an internal 
audit function;

36

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

 — assess potential conflicts of interest of Directors on behalf of the 

Board; and

 — report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

Risk management and internal control
The Board, as a whole, including the Audit Committee members, 
considers that the nature and extent of Safestore’s risk management 
framework and the risk profile is acceptable in order to achieve the 
Company’s strategic objectives. As a result, it is considered that 
the Board has fulfilled its obligations under the Code.

Safestore’s internal controls, along with its design and operating 
effectiveness, are subject to ongoing monitoring by the Audit Committee 
through reports received from management, along with those from the 
external auditor. Further details of risk management and internal control 
are set out on page 34.

Internal audit
The Audit Committee has oversight responsibilities for the store assurance 
team, which is responsible for reviewing operational and financial controls 
at store level. The Group does not have a separate internal audit function 
and the Board, at least annually, reviews the requirement for establishing 
one. Upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee, an externally 
facilitated review of the control environment was commissioned during 2014 
for all aspects of financial controls and business risks. Following completion 
of this project, the Audit Committee reviewed the findings and determined 
that a separate internal audit function, to supplement the store assurance 
team, was not deemed necessary. It was agreed that a rolling programme 
of work will continue to be commissioned periodically until the Audit 
Committee determines that it is appropriate for the Group to establish 
a separate internal audit function.

Main activities of the Committee during the year
During the year the Audit Committee’s business has included the 
following items:

 — review of the financial statements and announcements relating 

to the financial performance and governance of the Group at year 
end and half year;

 — principal judgemental accounting matters affecting the Group based on 
reports from both the Group’s management and the external auditor;

 — external audit plans and reports;

 — review of the adequacy and the effectiveness of the Group’s ongoing 

risk management systems and processes, through risk and 
assurance plans and reports, including:

 — store assurance audit reports;

 — internal financial control assessments;

 — fraud and loss prevention;

 — revenue protection; and

 — risk assessment;

 — information security and business continuity;

 — whistle-blower reports;

 — store assurance team effectiveness and independence;

 — external audit effectiveness, independence and re-appointment 

in conjunction with audit tendering;

 — anti-bribery and corruption procedures; and

 — specific investigations as required.

GovernanceFinancial reporting and significant 
financial judgements 
The Committee assesses whether suitable accounting policies 
have been adopted and whether management has made appropriate 
estimates and judgements. The Committee reviews accounting papers 
prepared by management which provide details on the main financial 
reporting judgements. 

The Committee also reviews reports by the external auditor on the 
full year and half year results which highlight any issues with respect 
to the work undertaken on the year-end audit and half year review.

The Committee pays particular attention to matters it considers to 
be important by virtue of their impact on the Group’s results and 
remuneration, and particularly those which involve a high level of 
complexity, judgement or estimation by management.

Property valuations – The key area of judgement that the Committee 
considered in reviewing the financial statements was the valuation of the 
investment property portfolio. Whilst this is conducted by independent 
external valuers, it is one of the key components of the financial results 
and is inherently complex and subject to a high degree of judgement. As well 
as detailed management procedures and reviews of the process, members 
of the Committee met the Group’s valuers to discuss the valuations, review 
the key judgements and discuss whether there were any significant 
disagreements with management. The Committee reviewed and challenged 
the assumptions with the valuers in order to agree and conclude on the 
appropriateness of the assumptions applied. The Board considered the 
valuation in detail at its meeting to approve the financial statements.

Revenue recognition – The Committee considered the risks of fraud 
and was content that there were no issues arising.

Acquisition accounting – The Committee considered the accounting for 
the business combination, the determination of fair values of assets and 
liabilities acquired, and the computation of goodwill on bargain purchase.

Financial statements – The Committee considered and was satisfied 
with management’s presentation of the financial statements. 

Management confirmed to the Committee that it was not aware of any 
material misstatements and the auditor confirmed that it had found no 
material misstatements during the course of its work. The Committee 
is satisfied that the judgements made by management are reasonable 
and that appropriate disclosures have been included in the accounts.

After reviewing the reports from management and following its discussions 
with the valuers and auditor, the Committee is satisfied that the financial 
statements appropriately address the critical judgements and key estimates, 
both in respect of the amounts reported and the disclosures. The Committee 
is also satisfied that the processes used for determining the value of the 
assets and liabilities have been appropriately reviewed and challenged 
and are sufficiently robust.

At the request of the Board, the Committee also considered whether 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements was fair, balanced and 
understandable and whether it provided the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model 
and strategy. The Committee is satisfied that, taken as a whole, the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements is fair, balanced and understandable. 
In reaching this conclusion, the Committee considered the overall 
review and confirmation process around the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements, going concern and viability.

The Committee was provided with, and commented on, a draft 
copy of the Annual Report and Financial Statements. In carrying out 
the above processes, key considerations included ensuring that there 
was consistency between the accounts and the narrative provided in 
the front half of the Annual Report, and that the programme of corporate 
reporting reviews focused on the balance between the reporting 
of weaknesses, difficulties and challenges, as well as successes, 
in an open and honest manner. Alternative performance measures, 

not defined under IFRS or "non-GAAP" measures, are consistent with how 
management measures and judges the Group’s financial performance.

External auditor
During the year the Committee received and reviewed audit plans and 
reports from the external auditor. It is standard practice for the external 
auditor to meet privately with the Audit Committee, without any member 
of management or the Executive Directors being present, at each Audit 
Committee meeting. The Audit Committee has responsibility for making 
a recommendation on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of 
the external auditor. Following an audit tender, Deloitte LLP was appointed 
auditor for the Group in September 2014 and re-appointed at the 
subsequent Annual General Meetings in 2015 and 2016.

Audit tendering
This has been Deloitte’s third year as the Company’s external auditor 
following the formal tender process conducted in 2014. There are 
no contractual obligations that restrict the choice of external auditor. 
The Committee confirms that Safestore has complied with the Statutory 
Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Responsibilities) Order 2014 
with regard to the requirement for formal tendering every ten years.

Effectiveness of the external audit process
To assess the effectiveness of the external audit process, the auditor 
is asked on an annual basis to articulate the steps that it has taken 
to ensure objectivity and independence, including where the auditor 
provides non-audit services. The Committee monitors the auditor’s 
performance, behaviour and effectiveness during the exercise of its 
duties, which informs the Audit Committee’s decision to recommend 
re-appointment on an annual basis.

External auditor independence and non-audit services
The Audit Committee’s terms of reference set out that it is responsible 
for the formal policy on the award of non-audit work to the auditor. 
The Committee has formalised procedures for the approval of non-audit 
services which stipulate the services for which the auditor will not be 
used. The policy also stipulates projects where the auditor may be used 
subject to certain conditions and pre-approval requirements. In order 
to preserve auditor objectivity and independence, the external auditor 
is not asked to provide consulting or advisory services unless this is 
in the best interests of the Company. A report of all audit and non-audit 
fees payable to the external auditor is provided to the Committee twice 
a year, including both actual fees for the year to date and a forecast for 
the full year, analysed by project and into pre-defined categories. In the 
current financial year, Deloitte LLP provided services of £167,000. It was 
determined that the nature of the work would not impact auditor objectivity 
and independence given the safeguards in place.

Deloitte was first appointed to conduct the audit for the 2014 financial 
year. In accordance with regulatory requirements, the lead audit partner 
is required to change after five years and this will take place after the 
conclusion of the 2018 audit. As part of the 2016 audit, Deloitte confirmed 
that it was independent within the meaning of applicable regulatory and 
professional requirements. Taking this into account, and having considered 
the steps taken by Deloitte to preserve its independence, the Committee 
concluded that Deloitte’s independence had not been compromised 
notwithstanding the level of non-audit fees incurred during the year.

This report was approved by the Audit Committee for release on 
9 January 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

I S Krieger
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

37

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Claire Balmforth
Chair of the  
Remuneration  
Committee

PART A: ANNUAL STATEMENT
Dear shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the report on 
Directors’ remuneration for 2016. This is my first report as Chair of 
Safestore’s Remuneration Committee, having been appointed to the 
Safestore Board as Chair-designate in summer 2016. I bring with me 
more than 20 years’ experience of working within executive HR and 
operational roles for both private and listed organisations.

This has been a busy year for the Committee, involving a full review 
of our remuneration strategy for Executive Directors. An overview of 
the proposed changes arising from this review is set out below, and 
followed by the Directors’ remuneration policy and the Annual report 
on remuneration.

Business context
You will have read earlier in this Annual Report that the Company 
delivered very strong results for 2016 with:

 — Group revenues up 8.3% for 2016;

 — underlying EBITDA up 12.1% for 2016; and

 — cash tax adjusted earnings per share up 19.3% for 2016.

The results for 2016 are a continuation of the strong performance of the 
business since 2013, when the current team took over the management 
of Safestore. Since 2013, a significant transformation of the business 
has taken place, which included the Company’s entry into the FTSE 250 
in October 2015. From 2013 to the current date, shareholders have 
benefited from an increase in market capitalisation of c.200% and 
significant outperformance of industry benchmarks as shown in the 
graph on page 41.

Other highlights across this period include:

 — c.75% increase in EPS; 

 — best performing REIT stock over the period; and

 — completion of acquisition of Space Maker and opening of five 

new stores.

2016 outcomes
As a result of our strong performance during the year the Executive 
Directors will receive annual bonus payments of 100% of salary for the 
year ended 31 October 2016. 100% of the 2013 PSP awards vested in 
February 2016 and June 2016 based on achievement of three-year EPS 
and relative total shareholder return performance targets. It is anticipated 
that 100% of the 2014 PSP awards will vest in February 2017 based on 
achievement of three-year EPS and relative total shareholder return 
performance targets.

Committee’s review of Directors’ remuneration 
policy in 2016
As previously mentioned, in conjunction with the Chairman of the 
Company, members of the Committee have undertaken a detailed 
review of the Directors’ remuneration policy to ensure that it supports 
the Company’s business strategy. Our opinion is that it does not and 
as such at the AGM we will be seeking approval for a new Directors’ 
remuneration policy and incentive structure which we believe is more 
fit for purpose and rewards for driving future growth for shareholders.

When our senior team was appointed approximately three years ago 
the business was in turnaround mode. As a consequence, the Committee 
at the time was reluctant to introduce significant reward revisions until the 
team had proved itself. This has now happened and it is therefore considered 
appropriate to make those revisions. The proposed Directors’ remuneration 
policy is designed to provide strong management incentives but only if 
the exceptional shareholder experience so far enjoyed continues over the 
next phase of the Company’s development. This is particularly relevant 
because, as with any turnaround, the "low-hanging fruit" has been picked 
and continuing outperformance becomes progressively more difficult. 
The Committee has at this stage also recognised the need to extend the 
reward system to a wider and deeper audience within the Company to 
facilitate management succession and create a motivated top and middle 
management cohort within the business. This, we believe, will provide 
shareholder comfort for the long-term custody of the business.

38

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceProposed LTIP
In designing the proposed LTIP, the Committee took into consideration 
the objectives it wanted it to support along with the current external 
operating environment. The Committee was also mindful of the recent 
report published by the Executive Remuneration Working Group, which 
sets out the case for a more flexible model of remuneration.

When setting the award levels for the Executive Directors the Committee 
took into consideration levels of awards in the market. The Committee 
believes that the expected value of the one off award is commensurate 
with an annual upper quartile level of award, discounted to reflect the 
five-year performance period and stretching performance targets. 
In addition, the proposed award level is considered necessary to retain 
the CEO and CFO and focus them on delivering returns to shareholders 
over the next five years.

Given the increased award levels, the Committee is mindful that this 
should be coupled with a strengthening of the performance targets. 
The performance targets for the proposed share award will be set out 
in the Notice of Annual General Meeting seeking approval for the new 
policy and LTIP.

As previously mentioned, one of the objectives was to ensure that 
a wider group of employees were invited to participate in the equity 
arrangement. The Committee believes that extending participation 
levels will help to ensure that key below Board level employees are 
retained and motivated to successfully execute the Company’s strategy.

2017 AGM
The Directors’ remuneration policy will be subject to a binding shareholder 
vote, and the Annual report on remuneration along with this statement 
will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the forthcoming AGM 
on 22 March 2017. We will also be seeking formal shareholder approval 
for the new LTIP at the AGM.

My goal has been to be thoughtful and clear in the layout of the Directors’ 
remuneration report. We are committed to hearing, and take an active 
interest in, your views as shareholders. If you would like to discuss any 
further aspect of our remuneration strategy, I would welcome your 
views. I can be contacted on 020 8732 1565.

On behalf of the Committee and Board for release on 9 January 2017

Claire Balmforth
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

In conducting the review, the Committee considered the objectives 
that it wants the Directors’ remuneration policy to support:

 — the real need to lock in an exceptional and proven management 
team who have delivered significant progress over the last three 
years and focus them on continuing to deliver strong performance 
over the next five years;

 — a desire for a simplified remuneration structure which supports the 

business strategy; 

 — compliance with latest corporate governance best practice 

principles and ensuring closer alignment between remuneration 
outcomes and shareholder returns; and 

 — the introduction of an equity arrangement which provides a 
meaningful opportunity for a wider group of Executives and 
employees to share in the success of the Company.

Overall, the new Directors’ remuneration policy has been constructed 
such that the Executive Directors will be appropriately rewarded if value 
is delivered for shareholders and payouts will be limited if Company 
performance is below expectations. Our new policy is set out in full 
on pages 42 to 50 of this report, but in summary the key changes to 
the Directors’ remuneration policy include: 

 — replacement of the current rolling annual market standard 

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) with a more simplified arrangement, 
under which management will be provided with an opportunity to 
earn a fixed level of equity which is directly aligned with the delivery 
of the business strategy over the next five years. The performance 
conditions to be measured over a five-year period will be growth in 
EPS (two-thirds) and relative total shareholder performance against 
both the FTSE 250 (one-sixth) and FTSE Real Estate sector (one-sixth);

 — increase of shareholding requirement to ten times salary for CEO 

and 3.5 times salary for CFO. These levels are significantly in excess 
of the market and demonstrate the commitment by management to 
the Company and alignment with shareholders; and

 — introduction of annual strategic and operational measures to the 
annual bonus to provide a more holistic assessment of corporate 
performance and support the five-year financial targets incorporated 
into the new LTIP. The new measures will be factored into an increase 
in the annual bonus from 100% to 150% of salary, with any increase 
earned (i.e. 50% max) deferred into shares for two years. The use of 
deferral provides further alignment with shareholders and underpins 
the one off nature of the LTIP. 

The Committee believes that the new, simplified remuneration structure 
will support and motivate our Executive Directors in furthering the Group’s 
long-term strategic objectives, including the creation of sustainable 
shareholder returns. It should be noted that as at the date of publication 
of this report, the Committee is in consultation with our largest institutional 
shareholders with regard to some of the terms of the new policy and 
LTIP. Any amendments to the policy (set out on pages 42 to 50 of this 
report) as a consequence of these discussions will be communicated 
to shareholders ahead of the AGM. 

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

39

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART B: OUR REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE 
Ahead of the detailed 2016 Directors’ remuneration report, we have summarised below the key elements of our remuneration policy and how we 
intend to implement it in 2017 along with the key remuneration outcomes for 2016.

(i) Summary of our Directors’ remuneration policy and implementation of remuneration policy for 2017
Element

Implementation for 2017

Key features of policy

Executive Directors

Frederic Vecchioli

Andy Jones

Base salary

To provide competitive fixed remuneration that will attract 
and retain appropriate talent.

From 1 May 2016: £375,000

From 1 May 2016: £273,000

From 1 May 2017: £400,000

From 1 May 2017: £285,000

Reflects an individual’s responsibilities, experience and role.

Benefits 
and pension

Market competitive benefits/pension package provided.

Maximum contribution to personal pension scheme 
or cash in lieu is equal to 20% of salary.

15% of salary as 
Company contribution

15% of salary as 
Company contribution

Annual bonus Maximum award equal to 150% of salary per annum.

150% maximum of salary 

150% maximum of salary

Performance period is one financial year with payout 
based on achievement against a range of financial 
and non-financial targets.

Any bonus in excess of 100% deferred into shares.

Adjusted EBITDA, strategic and operational measures

LTIP

One off equity grant to be made in 2017.

2.5 million shares

1.675 million shares

Awards vest after five years subject to the achievement 
of stretching performance measures.

Adjusted diluted EPRA EPS growth, relative TSR vs FTSE 250 
(exc. investment trusts) and relative TSR vs FTSE Real Estate Index

1,000% of salary for CEO and 350% of salary for CFO.

1,000% of salary

350% of salary

Shareholding 
guideline

Non-Executive Directors

Fees

Non-Executive Directors may receive a base fee 
and additional fees for chairing a committee.

Chairman fee: £135,000

Non-Executive base fee: £42,500

Committee Chair fee: £10,000

Our full remuneration policy is set out on pages 42 to 50 and details on how we will implement the remuneration policy in 2017 are set out on page 53.

40

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Governance(ii) How have we performed?
Key FY2016 business highlights
 — gross revenues up 8.3% for 2016;

 — underlying EBITDA up 12.1% for 2016; and

 — cash tax adjusted earnings per share up 19.3% for 2016.

Performance since new management team appointed
The results for 2016 are a continuation of the strong performance of the business since 2013, when the current team took over the management 
of Safestore. 

From 2013 to the current date, shareholders have benefited from an increase in market capitalisation of c.200% and significant outperformance 
of industry benchmarks as shown in the graph below.

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

01/09/2013

01/09/2014

01/09/2015

01/09/2016

Fixed pay

Annual bonus (cash)

PSP awards

(iii) Outcomes for 2016
Below we summarise the targets and the outcomes for both Frederic Vecchioli and Andy Jones for the annual bonus and LTIP.

2016 annual bonus assessment: 
At the start of the 2016 financial year, we set stretching performance targets for the annual bonus plan. 

Measure (weighting)

Target

Adjusted EBITDA before recurring 
items (80%)

Personal (20%)

£59.7m

—

Actual

£62.8m

—

% of max achieved

80

20

Based on an assessment against the 2016 bonus scorecard the Committee determined that Frederic Vecchioli would receive a bonus of £375,000 
(100% of maximum) and Andrew Jones would receive £273,000 (100% of maximum). 

LTIP vesting

Measure (weighting)

PBT-EPS growth (67%)

Relative TSR vs  
FTSE Small Cap (33%)

Performance range

3%+RPI – 8%+RPI

Actual

24%

Median – upper quartile

Upper

% of max achieved

67%

33%

Based on an assessment against the 2014 grant LTIP performance measures, the Committee envisaged that the LTIP for Frederic Vecchioli would 
vest at 100% of maximum (£0.7 million) and the LTIP for Andy Jones would vest at 100% of maximum (£0.6 million).

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

41

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART C: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
This section of the report contains details of the Directors’ remuneration policy that will govern the Company’s future remuneration payments 
and will take effect from the date of the AGM. The Committee has established the policy on the remuneration of the Executive Directors and the 
Chairman. The Board has established the policy on the remuneration of the other Non-Executive Directors. Awards granted under the previous 
Directors’ remuneration policy will be honoured.

It should be noted that as at the date of publication of this report the Committee is in consultation with our largest institutional shareholders with 
regard to some of the terms of the new policy and LTIP. Any amendments to this policy as a consequence of these discussions will be communicated 
to shareholders ahead of the AGM.

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy
The Directors’ remuneration policy has been developed taking into account the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Board recognises 
that the Directors’ remuneration is of legitimate concern to shareholders and is committed to following current best practice. The Group operates 
within a competitive environment; performance depends on the individual contributions of the Directors and employees and the Group believes in 
rewarding exceptional performance.

When setting Executive Directors’ remuneration, the Committee endeavours to ensure that all Directors are provided with appropriate performance 
related and non-performance related pay to encourage enhanced performance and that they are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their 
individual contributions to the success of the Group. 

The Committee believes that the Directors’ remuneration policy below will support and motivate our Executive Directors in furthering the Group’s 
long-term strategic objectives, including the creation of sustainable shareholder returns. Furthermore, the Committee is satisfied that the composition 
and structure of the remuneration package is appropriate and does not incentivise undue risk taking or reward underperformance.

Element and strategic link

Operation

Maximum

Performance targets 
and recovery provisions

Changes to policy and rationale

A broad assessment 
of individual and business 
performance is used as 
part of the salary review.

No recovery provisions apply.

Current salary levels are 
set out in the Annual report 
on remuneration.

The comparator group 
has changed from FTSE 
All Share companies of a 
comparable size to FTSE 
250 companies of a 
comparable size. This 
change reflects Safestore’s 
current size and provides 
flexibility to benchmark 
against a group that is 
most applicable at any 
point in time.

Basic salary

To provide competitive 
fixed remuneration that 
will attract and retain 
appropriate talent.

Reflects an individual’s 
responsibilities, experience 
and role.

Normally reviewed annually 
with any changes taking 
effect from 1 May.

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual basic 
salary increase.

Salaries are paid monthly.

When determining the 
salary of an Executive, 
the Committee takes 
into consideration:

 — the individual 

Director’s experience 
and responsibilities;

 — the performance of 

the individual Director;

 — the performance 
of the Group; and

 — pay and conditions 

throughout the Group.

Levels of base salary are 
reviewed periodically against 
companies of a comparable 
size in both the Real Estate 
sector and the FTSE 250.

Typically, the base salaries 
of Executive Directors will 
be increased by a similar 
percentage to the average 
annual percentage increase 
in salaries of all other 
employees in the Group. 

The exceptions to this rule 
may be where:

 — an individual is below 
market level and a 
decision is taken to 
increase base pay 
to reflect proven 
competence in the 
role; or

 — there is a material 
increase in scope 
or responsibility 
of the Executive 
Director’s role.

Current salary levels are 
set out in the Annual report 
on remuneration. 

42

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceElement and strategic link

Operation

Maximum

Performance targets 
and recovery provisions

Changes to policy and rationale

Benefits

To provide competitive 
benefits and to attract 
and retain high 
calibre employees.

Pension

To provide a competitive 
company contribution 
that enables effective 
retirement planning.

Annual bonus

Incentivises the achievement 
of a combination of financial 
and non-financial performance 
targets in line with corporate 
strategy over the one-year 
operating cycle.

No performance or recovery 
provisions applicable.

No change.

Reviewed periodically 
to ensure benefits remain 
market competitive.

Currently includes 
car allowance and life, 
private medical and dental 
insurance. Other benefits 
may be provided 
where appropriate.

Benefit values vary 
year on year depending 
on premiums and the 
maximum potential value 
is the cost of the provision 
of these benefits. 

Pensions are is provided 
by way of a contribution 
to a defined contribution 
arrangement and/or 
cash salary supplement.

The maximum contribution 
is up to 20% of salary, with 
the standard annual 
contribution for Executive 
Directors set at 15% 
of salary.

No performance or recovery 
provisions applicable.

Bonus potential: maximum: 
150% of salary; threshold 
performance: 40% of salary.

Award made annually 
based on the achievement 
of a combination of financial 
and non-financial 
performance measures. 

Any bonus in excess 
of 100% of salary will be 
deferred into shares which 
will vest at the end of two 
years following the financial 
year in which the bonus 
is earned. Dividend 
equivalents are payable 
on deferred shares.

Performance measures 
and targets will be set by the 
Committee annually based 
on a range of financial and 
non-financial measures, 
including but not limited to:

 — EBITDA growth;

 — strategic/operational 

measures; and

 — personal objectives.

The Committee has the 
discretion to adjust targets 
or performance conditions 
for any exceptional events 
that may occur during the 
year. As well as determining 
the measures and targets, 
the Committee will also 
determine the weighting 
of the various measures 
to ensure that they support 
the business strategy 
and objectives for the 
relevant year. 

Malus and clawback 
provisions operate.

Further details on the measures 
for 2016 are set out in the 
Annual report on remuneration 
on pages 50 and 51.

The maximum contribution 
remains at 20%; however, the 
standard annual contribution 
has increased from 10% to 
15% to ensure the contribution 
remains competitive.

Strategic and operational 
measures have been 
introduced to provide a 
more holistic assessment 
of corporate performance 
and to support the five-year 
financial targets of the 
new LTIP.

The maximum bonus 
opportunity has increased 
from 100% to 150% and 
was adjusted to ensure 
that levels are competitive 
against the market and 
reflective of the Company’s 
current value.

Deferral has been introduced 
to provide further alignment 
with shareholders and 
underpins the one off nature 
of the LTIP. Any amount 
earned under the increased 
award level will be deferred 
into shares.

Malus has been introduced 
to sit alongside clawback 
which was already operated.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

43

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART C: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Element and strategic link

Operation

Maximum

Performance targets 
and recovery provisions

Changes to policy and rationale

Long Term Incentive Plan

Incentivises Directors 
to execute the long-term 
business plan and deliver 
long-term sustainable value 
for shareholders.

One off equity grant made 
following the 2017 AGM 
with vesting dependent 
on the achievement of 
demanding performance 
conditions over a 
five-year period.

Awards will be made to 
participants expressed as 
a fixed number of shares.

Participants will be entitled 
to receive any dividends 
paid on vested shares 
during the vesting period. 
This benefit is delivered in 
the form of cash or additional 
shares at the time that 
award vests.

The total equity award for 
all participants will be equal 
to 3.25% of the current 
share capital with 2% for 
Executive Directors. 

Awards vest based 
on performance against 
stretching targets, 
measured over a five-year 
performance period. 

It is currently intended that 
the CEO will be granted an 
award over 2.5m shares and 
the CFO will be granted an 
award over 1.675m shares.

The performance measures 
and weightings are as follows:

 — adjusted diluted EPRA 

EPS growth 
(2/3 weighting);

 — relative TSR versus 

FTSE 250 
(1/6 weighting); and

 — relative TSR versus 

FTSE Real Estate Index 
(1/6 weighting).

15% of an award vests 
at threshold performance 
(0% vests below this), 
increasing to 100% for 
maximum performance.

Malus and clawback 
provisions operate.

Further details on the 
performance measures are 
set out in the Annual report 
on remuneration on 
pages 51 and 52.

The previous LTIP was 
structured as an annual 
rolling market standard 
long-term incentive plan. 

This has been replaced 
with the simplified one off 
equity award, under which 
management will be 
provided with an opportunity 
to earn a fixed level of equity 
which is directly aligned with 
the delivery of the business 
strategy over the next 
five years.

The LTIP ensures that 
the Committee has a tool 
in place with which to 
incentivise the Executive 
Directors to execute the 
long-term business plan and 
ultimately deliver long-term 
sustainable value for 
shareholders. The extended 
five-year performance period 
will ensure a further lock-in 
period and an alignment 
between the interest of 
management and 
shareholders. Under the 
new LTIP an increased 
number of key senior 
employees will be invited 
to participate on the same 
terms as the Executive 
Directors but at lower 
award levels.

All-employee Sharesave scheme

Encourages long-term 
shareholding in the 
Company by all employees.

Under the terms of the 
Sharesave scheme all 
employees can apply for 
three or five-year options to 
acquire the Company’s 
shares priced at a discount 
of up to 20%.

£500 per month or HMRC 
limits as applicable from 
time to time.

No performance or recovery 
provisions applicable.

No change.

44

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceElement and strategic link

Operation

Maximum

Performance targets 
and recovery provisions

Changes to Policy and rationale

Share ownership

To ensure that Executive 
Directors’ interests are 
aligned with those of 
shareholders over a 
longer time horizon.

Executive Directors are 
encouraged to build up 
their shareholding over 
a five-year period.

Executive Directors 
would be expected to 
retain any shares vesting 
(post tax) under inflight 
awards and the proposed 
deferred bonus until 
they have acquired the 
necessary shares to 
meet their requirement.

Deferred, vested and 
beneficially owned shares 
would count towards the 
shareholding guidelines. 

For current Executive 
Directors:

No performance or recovery 
provisions applicable.

 — CEO: 1,000% of salary

 — CFO: 350% of salary

For any new recruits, 
the guideline level of 
shareholding would be 
500% for the CEO and 
350% for the CFO.

The level of shareholding 
will be tested five years from 
the date of approval of this 
remuneration policy or 
appointment if later.

The shareholding 
ownership guidelines have 
been increased from 100% 
of salary. The Committee 
considers that higher 
shareholder guidelines 
ensure a long-term 
alignment between the 
shareholders and 
management in light 
of the higher quantum 
of equity awards.

Discretion within the Directors’ remuneration policy
The Committee has discretion in several areas of policy as set out in this report. The Committee may also exercise operational and administrative 
discretions under relevant plan rules approved by shareholders. 

Legacy awards 
The Committee reserves the right to honour any historic awards that were granted under any previous share schemes operated by the Company 
but remain outstanding, notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above, where the terms of the payment or award were agreed 
before the new policy came into effect. Such payments or awards will be set out in the Annual report on remuneration in the relevant year.

Performance measures and targets 
The table below sets out the rationale for performance measures chosen in respect of the annual bonus and LTIP. 

Performance measures

Annual bonus 

 — EBITDA growth;

 — strategic/operational measures; and

 — personal objectives.

Rationale

How targets are set

The combined use of financial, strategic 
and operational measures provide a holistic 
assessment of corporate performance and allow 
for the Company to focus annually on targets 
that work towards the delivery of the five-year 
financial measures under the LTIP.

The performance targets are determined annually 
by the Committee taking into account the Company’s 
business plan, market conditions and internal and 
external forecasts.

Targets are calibrated to reflect the Committee’s 
assessment of good to exceptional performance.

The use of personal objectives allows for the 
tailoring of the annual bonus to each participant 
and ensures there is an element of pay out that 
is assessed on specific measures which reflect 
successful performance of the individual in their 
roles as well as the Company.

LTIP

Adjusted diluted EPRA EPS growth 
(2/3 weighting)

Relative TSR vs FTSE 250 (1/6 weighting)

Relative TSR vs FTSE Real Estate Index 
(1/6 weighting)

EPS is considered to be the most appropriate 
measure for aligning the interests of the Executive 
Directors with those of shareholders and is also 
an established measure of Safestore’s long-term 
sustainable profitability. 

Relative TSR performance measured against 
two peer groups (FTSE 250 and FTSE Real 
Estate Index) provides a balanced approach, 
recognising returns to shareholders against the 
broader market, whilst also ensuring performance 
is competitive against other real estate companies.

Targets have been calibrated to reflect the 
Committee’s assessment of good to exceptional 
performance, taking into account internal budgets 
and the current economic environment.

EPS targets were set by reference to the 
Company’s business plan and market conditions 
and consideration is also given to external forecasts.

Relative TSR targets were determined taking 
into account the comparative market returns 
and the expected level of returns for 
Safestore’s shareholders. 

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

45

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART C: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy continued
Performance measures and targets continued
The Committee is of the opinion that disclosing precise targets for the annual bonus in advance would not be in shareholders’ interests. Except in 
circumstances where elements remain commercially sensitive, actual targets, performance achieved and awards made will be published at the end 
of the performance periods so shareholders can fully assess the basis for any pay outs. The performance targets from the LTIP will be set out in 
advance of the grant in the Notice of Annual General Meeting seeking approval for the new policy and LTIP.

Comparison with other employees
All employees receive base salary, benefits and pension, and are eligible to participate in the Company’s Sharesave scheme. The Sharesave 
scheme gives all employees the opportunity to become shareholders in Safestore through the acquisition of shares (up to a limit) at a discount 
to the market price.

For below board level employees, Safestore operates a range of bonus plans appropriate to the various areas of its business with opportunity levels 
linked to seniority and role. 

Under the new LTIP an increased number of key senior employees will be invited to participate allowing them to share in the success of the Company. 
The performance conditions for below board level employees in the LTIP are the same as those for the Executive Directors.

Any differences in an individual’s reward package is reflective of an individual’s location, seniority and level of responsibility. 

Reward scenarios 
The charts below seek to demonstrate how pay varies with performance for the Executive Directors based on the stated policy. The charts 
show an estimate of the remuneration that could be received by Executive Directors under the policy set out in this report. Each of the bars 
is broken down to show how the total under each scenario is made up of fixed elements of remuneration, the annual bonus and the LTIP. 
The charts indicate that a significant proportion of both target and maximum pay is performance related.

£2,808

64%

20%

16%

£1,631

55%

17%

28%

£454

100%

£1,943

62%

21%

17%

£1,138

53%

18%

29%

£333

100%

Minimum

Mid-point

Maximum

Minimum

Mid-point

Maximum

Frederic Vecchioli
(Chief Executive Officer)

Andy Jones
(Chief Financial Officer)

Fixed pay

Annual bonus (cash)

PSP awards

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

0
0
0
’
£

2,800

2,600

2,400

2,200

2,000

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

1500

1250

1000

750

46

500

250

0

GovernanceAssumptions used in determining the level of pay out under given scenarios are as follows:

Element

Fixed elements

Annual bonus 

LTIP1

Note

Minimum

Mid-point

Maximum

Base salary at 1 November 2016.

Pension 15% of salary. 

Estimated benefits (car allowance, private medical insurance and life assurance).

Nil

Nil

50% of maximum

100% of maximum

50% of annualised maximum 

100% of annualised maximum

1   LTIP values are based on the annualised value of the shares awarded (i.e. 1/5th of the individual maximum shares granted) as at 31 October 2016. The share price as at 31 October 2016 was 

358.3 pence. No share price growth has been factored into the calculation.

Approach to recruitment and promotions
The Committee’s approach to recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract candidates of the appropriate calibre 
and experience needed for the role. The remuneration package for any new recruit would be assessed following the same principles as for the 
Executive Directors and would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s prevailing approved remuneration policy at the time of 
appointment and take into account the skills and experience of the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that experience and the 
importance of securing the relevant individual.

 — Salary levels will take into account the individual’s experience, market data for the relevant role, internal relativities and their current base salary. 

Where an individual is recruited at below market norms, they may be realigned over time, subject to performance in the role.

 — Benefits and pension will be in accordance with the remuneration policy. 

 — Annual bonus will operate in line with the remuneration policy with the maximum opportunity set at 150% of salary. 

 — LTIP will operate in line with the remuneration policy. The amount of shares granted will be reflective of the role and where appropriate will be 
time apportioned for the time remaining until the end of the five-year period versus the total five-year period. The maximum awarded granted 
will be no more than 500% of salary.

The maximum variable remuneration will be the total of the annual bonus opportunity and grant of shares under the LTIP.

Where an existing employee is promoted to the Board, the policy set out above will apply from the date of promotion but there would be no 
retrospective application of the policy in relation to subsisting incentive awards or remuneration arrangements. Accordingly, prevailing elements 
of the remuneration package for an existing employee would be honoured and form part of the ongoing remuneration of the employee. These would 
be disclosed to shareholders in the following year’s Annual report on remuneration.

The Committee does not have an automatic policy to buy out subsisting incentives granted by an Executive’s previous employer and which 
would be forfeited on cessation. Should, however, the Committee determine that it is appropriate to do so, the Committee may consider buying 
out incentive awards which an individual would forfeit upon leaving their current employer, although any compensation would, where possible, be 
consistent with respect to currency (i.e. cash for cash, equity for equity), vesting periods (i.e. there would be no acceleration of payments), expected 
values and the use of performance targets. The Committee may then grant up to the same expected values where possible under the Company’s 
incentive plans, subject to the annual limits under these plans. It does, however, retain the discretion to provide the expected value under specific 
arrangements in relation to the recruitment of the particular individual.

In instances where the new Executive is relocated from one work location to another, the Company will provide compensation to reflect the cost of 
relocation for the Executive in cases where they are expected to spend significant time away from their home location in accordance with its normal 
relocation package for employees. The level of the relocation package will be assessed on a case-by-case basis but may take into consideration any 
cost of living differences, housing allowance and schooling in accordance with the Company’s normal relocation package for employees.

If appropriate the Committee may agree on recruitment of a new Executive with a notice period in excess of twelve months, but to reduce this to 
twelve months over a specified period.

Service contracts for Executive Directors 
The service agreements of the Executive Directors are not fixed term and are terminable by either the Company or the Director on the following bases:

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Date of current service contract

3 September 2013

29 January 2013

Notice period

12 months

12 months

When setting notice periods, the Committee has regard to market practice and corporate governance best practice. All service contracts are 
available for viewing at the Company’s registered office and at the AGM.

The Board allows Executive Directors to accept appropriate outside commercial non-executive director appointments provided the aggregate 
commitment is compatible with their duties as Executive Directors. The Executive Directors concerned may retain fees paid for these services, 
which will be subject to approval by the Board. 

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

47

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART C: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued

Payment for loss of office
When determining any loss of office payment for a departing Director the Committee will always seek to minimise cost to the Company whilst 
complying with the contractual terms and seeking to reflect the circumstances in place at the time. The Committee reserves the right to make 
additional payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach 
of such an obligation), or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of an Executive Director’s 
office or employment. 

With regard to salary, benefits and pension, there will be no compensation for normal resignation or in the event of termination by the Company 
due to misconduct. In other circumstances, Executive Directors will be entitled to receive payment in lieu of notice. A summary of the main 
contractual terms in relation to annual bonus and LTIP are set out below:

Cessation of employment

Annual bonus

Change of control

 — Where a participant’s employment is terminated after the end of a 

 — The participant will receive the annual bonus in cash immediately 

performance year but before the payment is made, the participant 
may remain eligible for a bonus award for that performance year 
subject to an assessment of the performance targets over the period. 
Where an award is made the payment may be delivered fully in cash. 
No award will be made in these circumstances in the event of 
gross misconduct.

 — If the participant is a good leaver during the performance year, a 

bonus will normally be paid in cash at the end of the year pro-rated 
for length of service and the achievement of performance targets 
measured over the full year. Any unvested deferred share bonus 
awards will vest on the normal vesting date.

prior to the date of the change of control. 

 — The level of cash payment will be determined by the Committee at 
its discretion by reference to the time elapsed from the start of the 
performance year to the change of control date and the performance 
levels achieved as at the date of the change of control (where applicable).

 — The Committee has the discretion to determine, in exceptional 
circumstances, whether to pro-rate the award for time served 
as an employee.

 — Any unvested deferred bonus shares will also vest immediately prior 

to a change of control.

 — The Committee has the discretion to determine that a bonus award 
may be paid in cash at the date of cessation, and/or that deferred 
share bonus awards will vest early, and/or in exceptional circumstances 
whether to pro-rate the award for time served as an employee.

 — In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, the 

Remuneration Committee may decide (with the consent of the 
acquiring company) to replace unvested deferred awards with 
equivalent new awards over shares in the acquiring company.

 — A “good leaver” is defined as a participant ceasing to be in employment 
by reason of death, ill health, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement, 
the Company employing the participant ceasing to be a member of 
the Group, the participant’s employing business being sold out of the 
Group or at the Committee’s discretion.

 — Anyone who is not a good leaver will be a “bad leaver”. For a bad 

leaver, there will be no cash bonus pay out for the year in which they 
leave and any unvested deferred share bonus awards will lapse.

LTIP 

 — For good leavers, unvested awards will vest on the normal vesting date 
subject to (i) the extent any applicable performance targets have been 
satisfied at the end of the normal performance period and (ii) pro-rating 
to reflect the period of time between grant and cessation of employment 
as a proportion of the vesting period that has elapsed. 

 — The Committee has the discretion to determine that the end of the 

performance period is the date of cessation and whether to pro-rate 
the number of vested awards to reflect the vesting period completed.

 — A “good leaver” is defined as a participant ceasing to be in employment 
by reason of death, injury, ill health, disability, redundancy, retirement, 
the Company employing the participant ceasing to be a member 
of the Group, the participant’s employing business being transferred 
to a person who is not a Group Member, or any other reason at the 
Committee’s discretion. 

 — Anyone who is not a good leaver will be a “bad leaver”. Bad leavers 

will forfeit all unvested awards.

48

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

 — On a change in control, the Committee will determine the level of 

vesting taking into account: (i) the extent that any applicable performance 
targets have been satisfied at that time; (ii) the bid consideration 
received; and (iii) the portion of the vesting period that has then 
elapsed. Options must then be exercised within one month, 
otherwise they will lapse.

 — In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, the Committee 

may decide to replace unvested awards with equivalent new awards 
over shares in the acquiring company.

GovernanceNon-Executive Directors and letters of appointment
The Board as a whole is responsible for setting the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, other than the Chairman whose remuneration 
is determined by the Committee and recommended to the Board. 

The table below sets out the key elements of the policy for Non-Executive Directors.

Strategic link

Operation

Maximum

Performance targets and recovery provisions

To provide compensation that 
attracts high calibre individuals 
and reflects their experience 
and knowledge.

Non-Executive Directors may receive 
a base fee and additional fees for the 
role of Senior Independent Director 
or Chairmanship of a Committee.

Fees are reviewed annually with 
any changes generally effective 
from 1 May. 

Non-Executive Directors also 
receive reimbursement of reasonable 
expenses (and any tax thereon) 
incurred undertaking their duties 
and/or Company business.

Non-Executive Directors do not 
receive any variable remuneration 
element or pension contribution but 
may receive benefits if determined 
appropriate to the role. 

No performance or recovery 
provisions applicable.

Any increases in fees will be determined 
based on time commitment and take 
into consideration level of responsibility 
and fees paid in other companies 
of comparable size and complexity. 

Where made, any increase in 
Non-Executive Director fees will 
generally be in line with the increase 
awarded to the wider workforce; 
however, the increase may be higher 
to reflect any changes to time 
commitments or responsibilities.

Letters of appointment
The Group’s policy is to appoint Non-Executive Directors to the Board with a breadth of skills and experience that is relevant to the Group’s business. 
Appointments are made by the Board upon the recommendations and advice from the Nomination Committee.

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but are appointed under letters of appointment. Each Non-Executive Director is subject 
to an initial three-year term followed by annual re-election at the Company’s AGM. The table below sets out the dates that each Non-Executive Director 
was first appointed.

Director

Alan Lewis

Ian Krieger

Joanne Kenrick

Claire Balmforth

Bill Oliver

Letter of appointment date

Unexpired term

Notice period by Company and Director

16 February 2011

Rolling (with no fixed expiry date)

Three months

2 October 2013

6 October 2014

12 July 2016

12 July 2016

Rolling (with no fixed expiry date)

Three months

Rolling (with no fixed expiry date)

Three months

Rolling (with no fixed expiry date)

Three months

Rolling (with no fixed expiry date)

Three months

No compensation is payable in the event of early termination apart from the notice period. All letters of appointment are available for viewing at the 
Company’s registered office and at the AGM.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

49

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART C: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY continued

Consideration of employee remuneration and shareholders
All-employee remuneration
In setting the remuneration policy for Directors, the pay and conditions of other employees are taken into account, including any base salary 
increases awarded. The Committee is provided with data on the remuneration structure for management level tiers below the Executive Directors 
and uses this information to ensure consistency of approach throughout the Company. 

The Committee has not expressly sought the views of employees and no remuneration comparison measurements were used when drawing 
up the Directors’ remuneration policy. Through the Board, however, the Committee is updated as to employee views on remuneration generally.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee has an open relationship with shareholders. It welcomes dialogue and engages with significant shareholders on material changes 
to its remuneration policy or structure. In advance of making changes to policy and putting forward the new LTIP to shareholders at the 2017 AGM, 
we wrote to and met with our largest shareholders as well as a number of representative bodies (ISS and IA), to explain the background and the 
rationale for our decisions. As at the date of this report the Committee is considering the feedback received from shareholders and how to reflect 
this feedback in the final policy put to shareholders for approval at the AGM.

PART D: ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
The 2016 Annual report on remuneration contains the details of how the Company’s policy for Directors was implemented during the financial 
year ended 31 October 2016. This report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2016 and the Regulations. 
An advisory resolution to approve this report and the annual statement will be put to shareholders at the AGM on 22 March 2017.

Executive Director remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2016 
Single figure remuneration table (audited)
The remuneration of Executive Directors showing the breakdown between components with comparative figures for the prior financial year is 
shown below. Figures provided have been calculated in accordance with regulations.

Base salary
£’000

354

329

267

258

2016

2015

2016

2015

Taxable 
benefits
£’000

23

23

19

19

Annual
bonus
£’000

375

333

273

261

Long-term 
incentives
£’000

Pension
£’000

698

506

583

896

31

33

24

26

Other
£’000

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

1,481

1,224

1,166

1,460

Frederic Vecchioli

(Chief Executive Officer)

Andy Jones

(Chief Financial Officer)

Note

1  Taxable benefits comprise a car allowance and private medical and dental insurance.

Annual bonus outcomes for the financial year ended 31 October 2016 (audited)
For 2016 the Executive Directors had a maximum annual bonus opportunity of 100% of salary. For each Executive Director, the 2016 annual bonus 
determination was based on performance against adjusted EBITDA and personal objectives. 

The table below provides information on the targets for each measure, actual performance and resulting bonus payment for each Executive Director: 

Measure

Weighting

Threshold 
(40% vesting)

On-target 
(70% vesting)

Maximum
(100% vesting)

Actual

% of element 
payable

Achievement as
% salary

Bonus value
£’000

Achievement as
% salary

Bonus value
£’000

Performance required

Actual performance

CEO

CFO

Adjusted 
EBITDA 
before 
non-recurring 
items

Personal 
performance

80%

£57.9m

£59.7m

£61.5m

£62.8m

100%

80%

300

80%

218

20% Objectives based on personal and 

business targets

See 
assessment 
below

100%

20%

75

20%

55

Total bonus achieved 
in 2016

100%

375

100%

273

50

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernancePerformance against the personal objectives and the Committee’s assessment of performance for both Executive Directors is set out in the 
table below: 

Director

Personal objectives set at the start of the year

Assessment against the targets

Frederic Vecchioli

 — Delivery of strategy

 — New stores completed as per budget and plan

 — Trading performance improvement

 — Improved trading performance delivery

 — Development of investor relations strategy and 

 — Developed programme with increased exposure to 

broadening of investor base

investors and analysts

Andy Jones

 — Management of the acquisition of Space Maker

 — Bargain purchase acquisition concluded successfully

 — Enhancements to finance systems, 

 — Increased efficiency of process and positive feedback 

processes and reporting

from Audit Committee

 — Improvements to the financial control environment

 — Delivered improvement in risk and control framework

The Committee has reviewed the overall bonus outcomes against corporate performance and believe that the maximum bonus payout is commensurate 
with the shareholder experience in 2016. The 2016 bonuses for Frederic Vecchioli and Andy Jones will be paid in cash. No part of the bonus will be 
subject to deferral and no discretion was exercised by the Committee when determining the bonus outcomes. 

LTIP awards included in single figure for the year ended 31 October 2016 (audited)
Awards were granted on 4 February 2014 and are due to vest on 4 February 2017. These awards were granted subject to the achievement of certain 
EPS-PBT growth and relative TSR targets. The table below summarises these awards for which the performance period was substantially completed 
in the year.

Director

Date of 
grant

Date of 
vesting

Number 
of nil-cost 
options 
granted

F Vecchioli

04/02/2014 04/02/2017 186,856

A Jones

04/02/2014 04/02/2017 155,928

Performance 
measures

Performance targets

Performance 
outcome

PBT-EPS 
growth
(67% weighting)

Relative TSR
 vs FTSE 
Small Cap
 (33% weighting)

PBT-EPS 
growth 
of 24%
(100% vesting)

Upper quartile
(100% vesting)

Threshold
(25% vesting):
3%+RPI
Maximum
(100% vesting):
8%+RPI

Threshold
(25% vesting):
equal to
median
Maximum (100% 
vesting):
upper quartile
and above

Note

1  Share price of 373.7 pence used being the average share price for the three months to 31 October 2016. 

Number of 
awards 
vesting in 
the year

186,856

Number of 
awards 
lapsed in
 the year

Value of 
awards 
shown in 
the single figure 
table for 20161

—

£698,000

155,928

—

£583,000

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

51

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART D: ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Executive Director remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2016 continued
LTIP awards included in single figure for the year ended 31 October 2015 (audited)
The awards included in the 2015 single figure disclosure were granted in February/June 2013 and vested in February/June 2016. These were included 
as estimates in the 2015 single figure based on an expected level of vesting of 100% and a three-month average share price to 31 October 2015 
of 305.14 pence. The table below sets out the final level of vesting. 

Director

Date of 
grant

Date of 
vesting

Number of 
nil-cost 
options 
granted

F Vecchioli

06/02/2013 06/02/2016

165,869

Performance 
measures

Performance 
targets

Performance 
outcome

Number of 
awards vesting in 
the year/dividend 
equivalents 
awarded

165,869/
12,600

Number of 
awards lapsed 
in the year

Value of awards 
shown in the 
single figure 
table for 20151

—

£506,000

293,927/
18,191

—

£896,000

PBT-EPS 
growth
(67% 
weighting)

PBT-EPS
growth
of 17%
(100%
vesting)

Upper
quartile
(100%
vesting)

Threshold
(25% vesting):
3%+RPI
Maximum
(100%
 vesting):
8%+RPI

Threshold
(25% vesting):
equal to
median
Maximum
(100%
vesting):
upper
quartile
and above

A Jones

28/06/2013 28/06/2016

293,927 Relative TSR
vs FTSE
Small Cap
(33%
weighting)

Note

1  Based on share price on date of vesting of 350.8 pence for the 6 February 2013 grant and 369.2 pence for the 28 June 2013 grant. 

LTIP awards granted in the year ended 31 October 2016 (audited)
The table below sets out the details of the LTIP awards granted on 14 March 2016 where vesting will be determined according to the achievement 
of certain performance measures. 

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Note

Type of award

Basis of award

Face value 
of award at 
grant date1
(£)

Number of shares

Vesting date

Nil-cost options 125% of salary

416,250

118,657 14 March 2019

Nil-cost options 125% of salary

326,719

93,135 14 March 2019

1  A share price of 350.8 pence on 11 March 2016 was used to determine the maximum face value of awards. 

The awards will vest subject to achieving the following targets: 

Performance period

Performance target

Vesting (% of award)1

Measure

PBT-EPS growth

(2/3 weighting)

3 financial years

Less than 3%+RPI per annum 

3%+RPI per annum

8%+RPI per annum 

Relative TSR2 vs FTSE Small Cap

3 years from grant date

Below median peer group return

(1/3 weighting)

Notes

Equal to peer group median return

Upper quartile

1  Vesting between the threshold and maximum based on the sliding scale.

2  No TSR portion of awards will vest unless the Committee is satisfied that the TSR performance of the Group is reflective of the Group’s underlying performance.

52

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

—

25%

100%

—

25%

100%

GovernancePayments to past Directors or for loss of office (audited)
During the year there were no payments to past Directors and no payments for loss of office.

Implementation of the Remuneration policy for the year ending 31 October 2017
Base salary
Base salary is determined by reference to the individual’s experience, performance, responsibility and pay levels across the Group more generally. 
In addition, the Committee periodically reviews base salary levels within similarly sized listed real estate and FTSE 250 companies, although the 
Committee is careful not to place excessive reliance on the use of external comparator analysis. Current base salary levels for Executive Directors 
are presented below:

F Vecchioli

A Jones

From
1 May 2017

£400,000

£285,000

From
1 May 2016

£375,000

£273,000

Increase

7%

4%

As set out in last year’s report, following strong individual performance since appointment the Committee increased the CEO’s salary to £375,000 
from 1 May 2016 and intends to increase to £400,000 from 1 May 2017 to match what the Committee considered to be the competitive market rate. 
The base salary of the CFO will be increased to £285,000, an increase of 4%. 

The Committee will continue to review the Executive Directors’ base salaries over the three-year policy period to ensure they remain competitive. 

Benefits
Taxable benefits provided will continue to include a car allowance and life, private medical and dental insurance. Benefits in kind are not pensionable 
and are not taken into account when determining basic salary for performance related remuneration. 

Pension
The Group will contribute 15% of basic salary (up from 10% in previous years) for the pension arrangements of the Executive Directors.

Annual bonus
Consistent with the new policy the maximum bonus will be 150% of salary for each Executive Director. Any bonus in excess of 100% of salary will 
be deferred into shares which will vest at the end of two years following the financial year in which the bonus is earned. For the 2017 financial year, 
the bonus will be based on the following performance measures:

Performance measures

Adjusted EBITDA

Operational/strategic

Personal

Total

Provisional 
weighting

53%

33%

14%

100%

The Committee is of the opinion that disclosing precise targets for the annual bonus in advance would not be in shareholders’ interests. Except in 
circumstances where elements remain commercially sensitive, actual targets, performance achieved and awards made will be published at the end 
of the performance periods so shareholders can fully assess the basis for any pay outs.

Long-term incentives 
Details of the LTIP awards to be made, under the new LTIP, after the 2017 AGM are provided below. 

Director

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Type of award

No. of shares 
under option

Vesting period

Nil-cost

option

2.5m

Five years 

1.675m

from grant

The awards will vest subject to the following Annual performance measures. As noted in the annual statement, the performance targets for the 
proposed share award will be set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting seeking approval for the new policy and LTIP.

Performance measure

Adjusted diluted EPRA EPS growth1
Relative TSR vs FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

Relative TSR vs FTSE Real Estate Index

Note

Weighting

2/3

1/6

1/6

1   Adjusted diluted EPRA EPS is based on the European Public Real Estate Association’s definition of earnings and is defined as profit or loss for the period after tax but excluding corporate 

transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties and the associated tax impacts. The Company then makes further adjustments for the impact of exceptional 
items, IFRS 2 share-based payment charges, exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges. This adjusted earnings is divided by the diluted number of shares. The IFRS 2 cost is excluded as 
it is written back to distributable reserves and is a non-cash item (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). Therefore neither the Company’s ability to distribute nor pay dividends 
are impacted (with the exception of the associated National Insurance element). The financial statements will disclose earnings both on an IAS, EPRA and adjusted diluted EPRA basis and will 
provide a full reconciliation of the differences in the financial year in which any LTIP awards may vest.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

53

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART D: ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Non-Executive Directors
Single figure remuneration table (audited)
The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors showing the breakdown between components, with comparative figures for the prior year, is shown 
below. Figures provided have been calculated in accordance with the Regulations.

Director

A S Lewis

I Krieger

K G Edelman1

J L Kenrick

C Balmforth2

B Oliver3

Notes

1  Keith Edelman stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2016.

2  Claire Balmforth was appointed to the Board on 1 August 2016.

3  Bill Oliver was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2016.

Fees to be provided in 2017 to the Non-Executive Directors 
The following table sets out the annual fee rates for the Non-Executive Directors:

Fee component

Chairman fee

Non-Executive Director base fee

Committee Chair fee (Audit and Remuneration Committees)

Fees
£’000

120

100

49

45

49

45

39

35

13

N/A

—

N/A

Other
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

N/A

—

N/A

Total
£’000

120

100

49

45

49

45

39

35

13

N/A

—

N/A

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2017
£’000 

135,000

42,500

10,000

2016
£’000

100,000

35,000

10,000

% change

35

21

Nil

The annual fees were increased from 1 April 2016. The Chairman fee increase reflects additional time requirements and is the first since January 2014. 
The base fee for Non-Executive Directors had not previously been increased for eight years. 

54

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceStatement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests
Shareholding and other interests at 31 October 2016 (audited)
Directors’ share interests are set out below. All Executive Directors currently meet the previously approved shareholding guideline of 100% of salary. 
From 2017 onwards, in order that the Executive Directors’ interests are aligned with those of shareholders, Executive Directors are encouraged to 
build up and maintain a personal shareholding equal to 1,000% of salary for the CEO and 350% of salary for the CFO. The Executive Directors have 
five years from the date of approval of the remuneration policy to achieve this guideline.

Director

F Vecchioli
A Jones
A S Lewis
I S Krieger
K G Edelman
J L Kenrick
C Balmforth
B Oliver

Total

Notes

Number of
beneficially
 owned
 shares1

1,641,824
194,982
400,000
20,000
25,000
—
—
—

2,281,806

% of
salary/fee
held2

Total interests
subject to
 conditions
(PSP awards)

Total interests
not subject to
conditions
(Sharesave) 

Total interests at
31 October 2016

1,570
260
1,060
140
210
—
—
—

454,732
366,143
—
—
—
—
—
—

18,475
18,475
—
—
—
—
—
—

2,115,031
579,600
400,000
20,000
25,000
—
—
—

3,139,631

1  Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons.

2  Based on the 31 October 2016 share price of 358.3 pence per share.

The following table sets out the details of the awards that were exercised during the year.

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Type of award

Vested/exercised 
during the year

Share price on 
date of exercise

Gain on exercise

2013 PSP (nil-cost option)

2013 PSP (nil-cost option)

165,869

293,927

£3.38

£3.39

£0.6m

£1.06m

Between 31 October 2016 and the date that this report was signed off, no share options were exercised and there were no changes to the beneficial 
interests shown above.

Outstanding awards at 31 October 2016
The following PSP awards remain outstanding at 31 October 2016:

F Vecchioli

A Jones

Awards 
granted

Maximum 
award

06/02/2013

04/02/2014
28/01/2015

14/03/2016

28/06/2013

04/02/2014

28/01/2015

14/03/2016

165,869

186,856
149,219

118,657

293,927

155,928

117,080

93,135

Awards 
vested

165,869

—
—

—

293,927

—

—

—

Maximum 
outstanding 
awards at 
31 October
2016

Market
price at
date of
vesting (p)

Awards 
lapsed

Normal 
vesting date

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

186,856
149,219

118,657

—

155,928

117,080

93,135

350.8

06/02/2016
— 04/02/2017
— 28/01/2018

— 14/03/2019

369.2

28/06/2016

— 04/02/2017

— 28/01/2018

— 14/03/2019

The PSP awards are subject to continued service over three years and the following performance targets:

EPS (two-thirds)

TSR (one-third)

2014, 2015 and 2016 PSP awards

25% of this part of an award vests for PBT-EPS 
growth of RPI+3% per annum with full vesting 
of this part of an award for PBT-EPS growth of 
RPI+8% per annum. A sliding scale operates 
between these points. 

25% of this part of an award vests if Safestore’s TSR is at a 
median of the comparator group (FTSE Small Cap excluding 
investment trusts), with full vesting of this part of an award for 
upper quartile performance. A sliding scale operates between 
these points. In addition to the above, no part of the TSR awards 
will vest unless the Committee is also satisfied that the TSR 
performance of the Group is reflective of the Group’s 
underlying performance.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

55

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued
for the year ended 31 October 2016

PART D: ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION continued

Chief Executive Officer and employee pay
Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Officer pay over the last eight years
The graph below shows the value of £100 invested in Safestore Holdings plc over the past eight years compared with the value of £100 invested in 
the FTSE 250 and the FTSE All Share Real Estate Investment & Services Index. These comparators have been chosen on the basis that they are 
the markets within which Safestore operates, albeit that the Real Estate Index comprises mainly commercial property companies. The FTSE 250 
has replaced the FTSE All Share which was previously used. The Committee considers the FTSE 250 to be a more appropriate comparator group 
following Safestore’s admission into the FTSE 250 in October 2015.

Total shareholder return

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Source: Thomson Reuters (Datastream)

31 October
2008

31 October
2009

31 October
2010

31 October
2011

31 October
2012

31 October
2013

31 October
2014

31 October
2015

31 October
2016

Safestore Holdings plc

FTSE 250 Index

FTSE All Share Real Estate Investment & Services Index

Oct 2009

Oct 2010 

Oct 2011

Oct 2011

Oct 2012

Oct 2013

Oct 2013

Oct 2014

Oct 2015

Oct 2016

S Williams
CEO

S Williams
CEO

S Williams1
CEO

P D Gowers2
CEO

P D Gowers
CEO

P D Gowers
CEO

F Vecchioli 3
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

F Vecchioli
CEO

£485,000

£607,000

£597,000

£425,000

£390,000

£910,000

£359,000

£973,000 £1,224,000 £1,481,000

—

—

75%

—

—

—

59%

—

—

—

70%

—

70%

—

76%

96%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Role

Single figure of total 
remuneration

Annual bonus 
payout 

LTIP vesting

Notes

1  Stepped down as Chief Executive Officer on 28 February 2011 and left the Company on 30 April 2011.

2  Appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 1 March 2011, stepped down as Chief Executive Officer on 4 September 2013 and left the Company on 31 October 2013.

3  Appointed as Chief Executive Officer on 4 September 2013.

Percentage change in the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration of the Director undertaking the role of Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s 
employees as a whole.

% change from 2015 to 2016

Chief Executive Officer

Employee pay

Base salary 

Benefits

Annual bonus

10.6

2.8

—

—

12.6

2.8

56

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Governance 
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the overall spend on pay for all employees compared with the returns distributed to shareholders. 

Significant distributions

Staff costs (£’m)

Distributions to shareholders (£’m)

Note

The above figures are taken from notes 9 and 25 to the financial statements.

2016 

20.0

21.3

2015

19.5

17.2

% change

2.6

23.8

Considerations by the Committee of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration for 2016
The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the senior management and for 
setting the remuneration packages for each Executive Director. The Committee also has oversight of the remuneration policy for all employees. 
The written terms of reference of the Committee are available on the Company’s website and from the Company on request.

Members of the Committee during 2016

Claire Balmforth (Chairman)1
K G Edelman2
I S Krieger 

J L Kenrick

B Oliver

Notes

1  Appointed as Chair on 1 August 2016.

2  Stepped down as Chair on 1 August 2016.

Number of 
meetings held 
during tenure 
during the year

Number of 
meetings attended

Independent 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

3

4

7

7

—

3

4

7

6

—

During the year, there were seven Committee meetings. The matters covered at each meeting include salary decisions for 2016, annual bonus 
outturns for 2016, long-term incentive award operation and the Committee’s review of the policy and the implementation of the new policy which 
will become effective in 2017. 

None of the Committee members has any personal financial interest (other than as shareholders) in the decisions made by the Committee, conflicts 
of interests arising from cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the business. 

The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the HR Director may attend meetings at the invitation of the Committee, 
but are not present when their own remuneration is being discussed. The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee.

The Committee received external advice in 2016 from New Bridge Street (part of Aon plc) and PwC in connection with remuneration matters including 
the provision of general guidance on market and best practice. New Bridge Street fees amounted to £32,000 (FY2015: £26,000). On 26 August it 
was replaced by PwC following a competitive tender process. PwC is considered by the Committee to be objective and independent. PwC is a 
member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration 
consulting in the UK. The Committee reviewed the nature of all the services provided during the year by PwC and was satisfied that no conflict of 
interest exists or existed in the provision of these services. 

The total fees paid to PwC in respect of services to the Committee during the year were £25,000. Fees were determined based on the scope and 
nature of the projects undertaken for the Committee.

Shareholder voting
The table below shows the results of the latest shareholder votes on the Directors’ remuneration report and policy resolutions:

Votes for

%

Votes against

%

Votes withheld

2016 AGM vote on Annual report on remuneration

2014 AGM vote on Directors’ remuneration policy

141,900,265

160,763,590

97.28

94.48

3,964,713

9,376,570

2.72

5.51

9,387,669

75,087

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

57

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ report

Safestore Holdings plc is a public limited liability company incorporated 
under the laws of England and Wales with the registered number 4726380. 
It has a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange Main Market for 
listed securities (LON:SAFE) and is a constituent member of the FTSE 250 
Index. The Company is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”). It is expected 
that the Company, which has no branches, will continue to operate as 
the holding company of the Group. The address of the registered office 
is Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT.

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the corporate governance 
report on pages 30 to 61 and information in the strategic report on 
pages 4 to 29 form part of this Directors’ report and are incorporated by 
reference.

The Directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 31 October 2016. References to Safestore, 
“the Group”, “the Company”, “we” or “our” are to Safestore Holdings plc, 
and its subsidiary companies where appropriate.

Strategic report
A review of the development of the Group’s business during the year, 
the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group and its future 
prospects are included in the Chairman’s statement and the strategic 
report, which should be read in conjunction with this report.

Results for the year and dividends
The results for the year ended 31 October 2016 are set out in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page 67.

An interim dividend of 3.60 pence (FY2015: 3.00 pence) was paid on 
12 August 2016 and this included a PID of 1.80 pence (FY2015: 3.00 pence). 
The Directors recommend a final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 October 2016 of 8.05 pence per ordinary share (FY2015: 6.65 pence). 
The PID element of the final dividend will be 8.05 pence (FY2015: 6.65 pence). 
If authorised at the 2017 AGM, the dividend will be paid on 7 April 2017 
to members on the register on 10 March 2017.

The PID will be paid after the deduction of withholding tax at the basic 
rate (currently 20%). However, certain categories of shareholder may be 
entitled to receive payment of a gross PID if they are UK resident companies, 
UK public bodies, UK pension funds and managers of ISAs, PEPs and 
child trust funds. Information, together with the relevant forms which must 
be completed and submitted to the Company’s Registrar, for shareholders 
who are eligible to receive gross PIDs, is available in the investor relations 
section of the Company’s website. The ordinary dividend is not subject 
to withholding tax.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the Directors of Safestore are confident that, 
on the basis of current financial projections and facilities available and 
after considering sensitivities, the Group has sufficient resources for 
its operational needs and to enable the Group to remain in compliance 
with the financial covenants in its bank facilities for the foreseeable future, 
a period of not less than twelve months. The Directors have assessed 
Safestore’s viability over a three-year period to October 2019. This is 
based on three years of the strategic plan, which gives greater certainty 
over the forecasting assumptions used. The viability statement is set 
out on page 16.

Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives and policies of the Group, along 
with any details of exposure to any liability and cash flow risk, are set 
out on pages 14 to 16 and notes 2 and 19 to the financial statements.

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
For the purposes of LR 9.8.4C, the information required to be 
disclosed by LR 9.8.4R can be found in the following locations 
within the Annual Report:

Information required under LR 9.8.4R

(1) Amount of interest capitalised and tax relief

(2) Publication of unaudited financial information

(4) Details of long-term incentive schemes

(5) Waiver of emoluments by a Director

(6) Waiver of future emoluments by a Director

(7) Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash

(8)

Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakings

(9) Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary

(10) Contracts of significance

(11) Provision of services by a controlling shareholder

(12) Shareholder waiver of dividends

(13) Shareholder waiver of future dividends

(14) Agreements with controlling shareholders

Page

n/a

n/a

94

n/a

n/a

94

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

All the information referenced above is incorporated by reference into 
the Directors’ report.

Management report
The strategic report and the Directors’ report collectively comprise 
the “management report” for the purposes of the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 4.1.5R).

Post-balance sheet events
There were no reportable events after the balance sheet date.

Directors
Details of the Directors of the Company who served throughout the year 
ended 31 October 2016 and up to the date of the financial statements, 
and their interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company and details 
of options granted to Executive Directors under the Group’s share schemes, 
are set out in the annual remuneration report on pages 38 to 57.

The Company’s rules governing the appointment and replacement 
of Directors are contained in its Articles of Association. Changes to the 
Articles of Association are only permitted in accordance with legislation 
and must be approved by a special resolution of shareholders. The 
Company’s Articles of Association provide that a Director may be 
appointed by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders or by the 
existing Directors, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director. 
Further information on the Company’s internal procedures for the 
appointment of Directors is given in the corporate governance section 
on pages 32 to 34.

58

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceThe Company’s Articles of Association require that one-third of Directors 
retire by rotation each year and that each Director must retire at intervals 
of not more than three years. Non-Executive Directors must retire annually 
once they have been in office for a period of more than eight years. 
In accordance with best practice, the Directors will retire at the AGM 
and will offer themselves for election and annual re-election, as required.

Own shares – Employee Benefit Trust
The Employee Benefit Trust retains 33,460 ordinary shares 
(FY2015: 924 ordinary shares) with a cost of £335 (FY2015: £9) 
in satisfaction of awards under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan. 
This represents 0.02% (FY2015: less than 0.01%) of the total issued 
share capital of the Company.

The Board, which is responsible for the management of the business, 
may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions 
of relevant legislation and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles 
of Association. The powers of the Directors set out in the Articles of 
Association include those in relation to the issue and buyback of shares.

The Directors have (and during the year ended 31 October 2016 had) 
the benefit of the qualifying third party indemnity provision contained in 
the Company’s Articles of Association, which provides a limited indemnity 
in respect of liabilities incurred as a Director or other officer of the Company.

Directors’ interests in contracts and conflicts 
of interest
No member of the Board had a material interest in any contract of 
significance with the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, at any time 
during the year. Directors are required to notify the Company of any 
conflict or potential conflict of interest. 

The Company’s policy is that Directors notify the Chairman and the 
Company Secretary of all new outside interests and conflicts of interest 
as and when they arise. The Board confirms that no conflicts have been 
identified or notified to the Company during the year and, accordingly, 
the Board has not authorised any conflicts of interest as permitted by 
the Company’s Articles of Association.

Share capital
At 31 October 2016, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 
208,689,628 ordinary shares of 1 pence each. The rights and obligations 
attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares are set out in its Articles of 
Association. Details of movements in the share capital during the year are 
provided in note 22 of the financial statements. The issued share capital 
has been increased by 1,005,992 shares during the year by fully paid 
issues as follows:

20 January 2016  
to 21 September 2016

On exercise of options under 
the Sharesave scheme

30 March 2016  
to 5 July 2016

On vesting of shares under 
the Performance Share Plan

Number of
ordinary shares
of 1 pence

87,992

918,000

No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights 
with regards to control of the Company.

Purchase of own shares
The Company was granted authority at the 2016 AGM to make market 
purchases of its own ordinary shares. This authority will expire at the 
conclusion of the 2017 AGM and a resolution will be proposed to seek 
further authority. No ordinary shares were purchased under this authority 
during the year or in the period from 1 November 2016 to 8 January 2017.

Change of control
The Group’s bank facilities agreement and US private placement note 
agreement contain provisions entitling the counterparty to terminate the 
contractual agreements in the event of a change of control of the Group. 
The Group’s share schemes contain provisions relating to the vesting 
and exercising of options in the event of a change of control of the Group.

Employment and environmental matters
Information in respect of the Group’s environmental and employment 
policies and greenhouse gas reporting are summarised in corporate 
and social responsibility on pages 25 to 29 and are also available 
on the Group’s website. 

Amendment of the Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by special 
resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Substantial shareholdings
In accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 5), 
the Company has been notified of the following disclosable interests 
in its issued ordinary shares:

BlackRock Investment Management (UK)

Legal & General Investment Management

Schroder Investment Management

Norges Bank Investment Management

Hargreave Hale

Principal Global Investors

JP Morgan Asset Management

At 10 December 2016

Number
’000

12,548

10,592

9,023

8,819

7,367

7,096

6,682

Percentage
of current issued
share capital

6.01

5.08

4.32

4.23

3.53

3.40

3.20

All interests disclosed to the Company in accordance with the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 5) that have occurred 
since 10 December 2016 can be found on our corporate website: 
www.safestore.com. 

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

59

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors’ report continued

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this 
report confirms that:

 — so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 — the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken 
as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with 
the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Independent auditor
The Audit Committee has recommended resolutions at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting to re-appoint Deloitte LLP as the Company’s auditor 
and to authorise the Audit Committee to agree the auditor’s remuneration.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at the Company’s registered 
office at Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire 
WD6 2BT on 22 March 2017 at 12.00 noon.

The 2017 AGM will include, as special business, resolutions dealing 
with authority to issue shares, disapplication of pre-emption rights, 
authority to purchase the Company’s own shares, authority for scrip 
dividend alternative, and authority to call a general meeting on not less 
than 14 days’ notice. The Notice of Annual General Meeting sets out details 
of the business to be considered at the AGM and contains explanatory 
notes on such business. This has been dispatched to shareholders 
and can be found on our corporate website: www.safestore.com.

Shareholders are encouraged to use their vote at this year’s AGM 
either by attending the meeting in person or by completing and returning 
the proxy form in accordance with the instructions set out in the form. 
Completing and returning the proxy form will not prevent shareholders 
from attending and voting at the meeting.

This report was approved by the Board for release on 9 January 2017 
and signed on its behalf by:

S Ahmed
Company Secretary

60

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

GovernanceStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements, the Directors’ remuneration report and the Group 
and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union and the 
parent company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”), including 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ 
(“FRS 101”). Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 — select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 — make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

 — state whether IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, and IFRS 
issued by the IASB and applicable UK GAAP including FRS 101 have 
been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Group and parent company financial statements 
respectively; and

 — prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Directors’ remuneration report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

A copy of the financial statements of the Group is placed on the 
Company’s website. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of statutory and audited information on the Company’s website 
at www.safestore.com. Information published on the internet is accessible 
in many countries with different legal requirements. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ statement under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
Having taken all matters considered by the Board and brought to 
the attention of the Board during the year into account, the Directors 
consider that the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy. 

Directors’ responsibility statement under 
the Disclosure and Transparency Rules
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed 
on pages 30 and 31, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

 — the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and

 — the strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the Group, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that it faces.

Disclosure of information to auditor
In accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, 
each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved 
confirms that:

 — so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 — the Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

The Annual Report on pages 1 to 103 was approved by the Board 
of Directors and authorised for issue on 9 January 2017.

By order of the Board

S Ahmed
Company Secretary

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

61

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Opinion on financial statements 
of Safestore Holdings plc
In our opinion:

 — the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 October 2016 and 
of the Group’s and the parent company’s profit for the year then ended;

 — the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union;

 — the parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’; and

 — the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated 
and Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and Company Statement 
of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
and the related notes 1 to 30 and in relation to the parent company, 
notes 1 to 11. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of the Group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’.

Going concern and the Directors’ assessment of 
the principal risks that would threaten the solvency 
or liquidity of the Group
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the Directors’ statement 
regarding the appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting 
contained within note 2 to the financial statements and the Directors’ 
statement on the longer-term viability of the Group contained within the 
corporate governance statement on page 58.

We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 — the Directors’ confirmation on page 14 that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity;

 — the disclosures on pages 14 to 16 that describe those risks and 

explain how they are being managed or mitigated;

 — the Directors’ statement in note 2 to the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any 
material uncertainties to the Group’s ability to continue to do so over 
a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements; and

 — the Directors’ explanation on page 16 as to how they have 

assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including 
any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We agreed with the Directors’ adoption of the going concern basis 
of accounting and we did not identify any such material uncertainties. 
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, 
this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern.

Independence
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors and we confirm that we are independent 
of the Group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have not provided 
any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below, are 
primarily the same risks as the prior year with the exception of the risk 
in relation to the acquisition of Space Maker which completed in the current 
financial year. The risks are those that had the greatest effect on our 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team.

62

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsOur assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Valuation of investment properties
Investment properties are held at a fair value 
of £1,013.1 million at 31 October 2016. This is 
the most quantitatively material balance in the 
financial statements.

Property valuation is by its nature subjective 
with significant judgement applied, particularly 
in the self-storage market where there is market 
uncertainty due to the lower volume of transactions 
in comparison with other property markets.

The key judgements about individual properties 
are capitalisation rate, discount rate, rental growth 
and stabilised occupancy levels. These judgements 
drive a cash flow model that is used as the basis 
of the valuation of each individual property. For 
further details of the Group’s valuation method 
and assumptions, refer to note 11 of the 
financial statements.

Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue from the 
provision of self-storage services (rental space, 
customer goods insurance and consumables) 
over the period that the space is occupied by the 
customer. Accounting for rental revenue leads to 
significant deferred income balances, resulting in 
a risk of material misstatement that deferred 
revenue is not calculated correctly, and that 
revenue is recorded in the incorrect period.

The accuracy of revenue also has an impact on 
investment property valuations as the historical 
revenue data is a key input into the investment 
property valuation model. For further details of 
the Group’s revenue recognition policy, refer to 
note 2 of the financial statements.

Acquisition of Space Maker Stores
On 29 July 2016, the Group acquired the Space 
Maker portfolio of stores. 

Accounting for the transaction required judgement, 
in particular in relation to 1) whether the acquisition 
should be accounted for as a business combination 
in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’, 
or as an asset acquisition; and 2) the determination 
of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the 
business, of which the most significant judgement 
was in relation to assets and liabilities of the 
business, of which the most significant judgement 
was in relation to investment property. 

Key observations

We found the assumptions 
adopted by the valuers in the 
valuation were reasonable 
and the methodology 
applied was appropriate 
in all material aspects.

We met with the third party valuer and assessed the 
appropriateness of the valuer’s scope and whether 
the valuer had sufficient expertise and resource.

We obtained the source information provided by management 
to the valuer (e.g. historical revenue on a store by store basis) 
and tested the integrity of a sample of such information.

We provided the valuations to our own internal real 
estate specialists, who are members of the Royal Institute 
of Chartered Surveyors. Our specialists performed an independent 
assessment of the assumptions that underpin the valuations, 
namely capitalisation rates, discount rate, rental growth and 
stabilised occupancy on a property by property basis, based 
on their knowledge of the self-storage industry and wider real 
estate market.

We confirmed with the valuer and with our internal real estate 
specialists that the Group’s valuation methodology remains 
appropriate, and, noting that the number of transactions in the 
self-storage market has been greater in the year than in prior 
years, assessed whether indicative rents and yields achieved 
in recent comparable transactions were consistent with the 
assumptions used in the Group’s valuations.

We tested that revenue had been recorded in the appropriate 
period by selecting a sample of revenue invoices and recalculating 
the revenue recorded in the period, and revenue deferred at 
the period end. We also tested revenue on a store by store 
basis by establishing expectations of revenue based on our 
understanding of annual movements in revenue per store, 
and comparing to actual revenue.

Based on the procedures 
performed at the Group 
and component levels, 
we did not identify any 
issues with the cut-off 
and the calculation of 
deferred revenue.

To gain assurance that revenue was being recorded appropriately 
in the financial statements, we tested a sample of transactions 
recorded in the system used by the Group to calculate revenue. 
We also tested the interface between the revenue system and 
the general ledger by testing that the revenue recorded within 
the revenue system reconciled with the general ledger.

We assessed management’s conclusion that the acquisition 
should be accounted for as a business combination by verifying 
the inputs, processes and outputs associated with the acquired 
business and reviewing the acquisition agreement and related 
documents to understand the commercial terms of the transaction. 

We challenged the valuation of investment property prepared 
by the third party valuer using the same risk responses as detailed 
in the “Valuation of investment properties” risk above.

We have reviewed the key disclosures to confirm that they are 
in line with IFRS 3. 

The acquisition has been 
accounted for as a business 
combination resulting in a gain 
on purchase of £5.6 million 
being credited to the 
consolidated income 
statement during the year.

The acquisition is 
appropriately disclosed 
within the Annual Report. 

The description of risks above should be read in conjunction with the significant issues considered by the Audit Committee. 

Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and not to express 
an opinion on individual accounts or disclosures. Our opinion on the financial statements is not modified with respect to any of the risks described 
above, and we do not express an opinion on these individual matters.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

63

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Safestore Holdings plc

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial 
statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. 
We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £10.6 million 
(FY2015: £8.9 million). The figure was determined as 2% of 
forecasted net assets. We consider net assets to be a critical 
financial performance measure for the Group on the basis that it is 
a key metric used by management, investors, analysts and lenders. 

In addition to net assets, we also consider profit before income tax, 
adjusted to exclude the gain on revaluation of investment properties 
and movements in the fair value of derivatives, to be a critical financial 
performance measure for the Group, which aligns closely with EPRA 
earnings. We applied a lower threshold of £2.7 million (FY2015: £1.8 million), 
which has been determined as 5% (FY2015: 5%) of adjusted profit before 
tax, for testing of balances impacting that measure, being Consolidated 
Income Statement balances with the exception primarily of fair value 
movements on investment property and derivatives.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee 
all audit differences in excess of £533,000 (FY2015: £179,000), as well 
as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on 
disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. 

As in the prior year, we determined that there were two components 
within the Group: the United Kingdom and France operations. In addition 
to performing the Group audit procedures, which included the testing 
of the consolidation process, the Group audit team also performed the 
audit of the United Kingdom component given all United Kingdom entities 
operate from the same office with the same financial system. The Space 
Maker stores, acquired in the year, became part of the UK component and 
their inclusion did not substantially affect our audit approach. We instructed 
component auditors to perform the audit of the France component, 
supervised their work through regular communication and participation 
in planning and closing meetings with management. We reviewed the 
outputs of the work performed by them during their audit and challenged 
their conclusions. Our component audit work was executed at levels 
of materiality applicable to each individual component which were 
lower than Group materiality, ranging from £5.3 million to £8.5 million 
(FY2015: £4.4 million to £6.8 million). In addition, for the lower materiality 
described above, our component materialities ranged from £1.3 million 
to £2.2 million (FY2015: £0.9 million to £1.2 million).

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

 — the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006; and

 — the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 
Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 — we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit; or

 — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

 — the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our 
opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been 
made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have 
nothing to report arising from these matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance 
with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. We have 
nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the Annual 
Report is:

 — materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial 

statements; or

 — apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 

with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing 
our audit; or

 — otherwise misleading.

64

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsScope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused 
by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately 
disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made 
by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. 
In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the 
Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial 
statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially 
incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired 
by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any 
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 
implications for our report.

Mark Beddy FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
6 January 2017

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception continued

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report continued
In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any 
inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the 
Directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable and whether the Annual Report appropriately 
discloses those matters that we communicated to the Audit Committee 
which we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we 
have not identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards 
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also comply with International Standard 
on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools 
aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood 
and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated 
professional standards review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

65

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsConsolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary

Underlying EBITDA

Exceptional items

Change in fair value of derivatives

Depreciation and contingent rent 

Operating profit before gains on investment properties
Gain on investment properties

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax charge

Profit for the year

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders
– basic (pence)

– diluted (pence)

The financial results for both years relate to continuing activities.

Group

2016 
£’m

115.4

(40.9)

74.5

(12.5)

5.6

64.2

4.3

—

(0.9)

67.6

41.7

109.3

21.0

(35.4)

94.9

(7.5)

87.4

42.0

41.7

2015
£’m

104.8

(38.3)

66.5

(11.2)

—

57.1

—

(0.3)

(1.5)

55.3

78.9

134.2

3.2

(19.2)

118.2

(9.5)

108.7

52.4

52.0

Notes

3

5

11

3,6

4

4

8

10

10

Certain costs previously reported as administrative expenses, primarily relating to marketing and the customer service centre, are now reported 
within cost of sales, as the Directors believe this provides a fairer presentation. Prior periods have been restated, resulting in an increase to cost 
of sales of £6.1 million in the year to 31 October 2015, with an equal reduction to administrative expenses. This restatement has had no impact on 
previously reported profit.

Underlying EBITDA is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss 
on investment properties, contingent rent and depreciation.

The notes on pages 71 to 98 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statements 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Group

2016 
£’m

87.4

29.4

29.4

116.8

2015
£’m

108.7

(9.9)

(9.9)

98.8

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

67

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsConsolidated balance sheet
as at 31 October 2016

Assets

Non-current assets
Investment properties

Interests in leasehold properties

Investment properties under construction

Property, plant and equipment

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred income tax assets

Other receivables

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Obligations under finance leases

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities 

– bank borrowings

– derivative financial instruments 

Deferred income tax liabilities

Obligations under finance leases

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Ordinary shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Group

2016 
£’m

Notes

11

11

11

12

19

21

15

14

15

16

17

20

18

19

21

20

22

2015
£’m

775.5

47.1

6.0

1.6

0.6

0.1

3.4

943.3

58.9

10.9

2.0

20.9

0.2

2.1

1,038.3

834.3

0.2

23.0

5.4

28.6

0.2

19.4

13.8

33.4

1,066.9

867.7

(41.2)

(3.2)

(9.4)

(53.8)

(315.7)

(3.4)

(57.1)

(49.5)

(425.7)

(479.5)

587.4

2.1

60.1

16.6

508.6

587.4

(36.5)

(0.7)

(7.2)

(44.4)

(249.5)

(1.4)

(41.9)

(39.9)

(332.7)

(377.1)

490.6

2.1

60.0

(12.8)

441.3

490.6

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 6 January 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

A Jones 
Chief Financial Officer 

F Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

Company registration number: 4726380

68

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsConsolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Balance at 1 November 2014

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends (note 9)

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 1 November 2015

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends (note 9)

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 31 October 2016

Share
capital
£’m

2.1

Share
premium
£’m

60.0

Group

Translation
reserve
£’m

(2.9)

Retained
earnings
£’m

348.8

Total
£’m

408.0

—

108.7

108.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(9.9)

(9.9)

(9.9)

—

—

—

2.1

60.0

(12.8)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

0.1

60.1

—

29.4

29.4

29.4

—

—

—

—

16.6

—

—

108.7

(17.2)

1.0

(16.2)

441.3

87.4

—

—

(9.9)

(9.9)

98.8

(17.2)

1.0

(16.2)

490.6

87.4

29.4

29.4

87.4

116.8

(21.3)

—

1.2

(20.1)

508.6

(21.3)

0.1

1.2

(20.0)

587.4

The translation reserve balance of £16.6 million (FY2015: £12.8 million adverse) comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the 
translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

69

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGroup

2016 
£’m

61.9

(13.2)

(1.7)

47.0

(41.8)

(28.3)

1.5

(0.8)

—

(69.4)

0.1

(21.3)

58.4

(19.8)

(0.4)

—

(4.6)

12.4

(10.0)

1.6
13.8

5.4

2015
£’m

57.8

(15.8)

(0.6)

41.4

—

(7.5)

1.6

(0.5)

1.5

(4.9)

—

(17.2)

—

(13.0)

(1.4)

(2.0)

(4.1)

(37.7)

(1.2)

(0.3)

15.3

13.8

Notes

23 

9

16,24

Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Expenditure on investment properties and development properties

Proceeds in respect of Capital Goods Scheme

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of investment properties

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of share capital

Equity dividends paid

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Debt issuance costs

Hedge breakage payments

Finance lease principal payments

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 November

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 October

70

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 October 2016

1. General information
Safestore Holdings plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, “the Group”) provide self-storage facilities to customers throughout the UK 
and Paris. The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and domiciled in the UK. 
The address of its registered office is Brittanic House, Stirling Way, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6 2BT.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies of the Group are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to each of the years presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted 
by the European Union and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations. They also comply with those 
parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Group consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling and are rounded to the nearest £0.1 million, unless otherwise stated. 
They are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of investment properties 
and the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting 
period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual amounts may differ from 
those estimates.

Going concern
The Group’s viability statement is set out on page 16. In preparing the viability statement, the Directors of Safestore have assessed the viability 
of the Group over a three-year period to October 2019 and are confident that, on the basis of current financial projections and facilities available, 
it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Standards, amendments to standards and interpretations issued and applied
There are no new or revised accounting standards or IFRIC interpretations which are applicable for the first time in the year ended 31 October 2016.

The following new standards, amendments to existing standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements, as their effective dates fall in periods beginning after 1 November 2016. 
The Group has no plan to adopt these standards earlier than the effective date:

Effective for the year ending 31 October 2017:
 — IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory Deferral Accounts’;

 — IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 Amendments relating to investment entities: applying the consolidation exception;

 — IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Amendments relating to the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture;

 — IFRS 11 Amendments relating to acquisitions of interests in joint operations;

 — IAS 1 Amendments relating to the Disclosure Initiative;

 — IAS 16 and IAS 38 Amendments relating to clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation;

 — IAS 16 and IAS 41 Amendments relating to bearer plants;

 — IAS 27 Amendments relating to equity method in separate financial statements; and

 — Annual improvements to IFRSs 2012–2014 Cycle.

Effective for the year ending 31 October 2018:
 — IAS 12 Amendments relating to recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses;

 — IFRS 2 Amendments relating to classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions; and

 — IFRS 7 Amendments to cash flows relating to the Disclosure Initiative.

Effective for the year ending 31 October 2019:
 — IFRS 4 Amendments relating to applying IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ with IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’;

 — IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ – final standard, addressing the accounting for financial assets and liabilities including classification 

and measurement, impairment, hedge accounting and own credit; and

 — IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’.

Effective for the year ending 31 October 2020:
 — IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

The Directors are currently considering the potential impact arising from the future adoption of these standards and interpretations listed above.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

71

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to 
31 October each year. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved when the Company:

 — has power over the investee;

 — is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 — has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective date 
of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used 
by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated 
unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the assets transferred. 

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The consideration transferred for the acquisition 
is measured as the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity instruments issued by 
the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values 
at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of net identifiable assets including intangible 
assets of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. Any discount received is credited to the income statement in the year 
of acquisition as negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary. Costs attributable to an acquisition are expensed in the consolidated income statement 
under the heading “administrative expenses”.

Segmental reporting
IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (“IFRS 8”) requires operating segments to be identified based upon the Group’s internal reporting to the chief operating 
decision maker (“CODM”) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to segments and to assess their performance. The CODM is the person 
or group that allocates resources to and assesses the performance of the operating segments of an entity. The Group has determined that its CODM 
is the Executive Directors. 

A business segment is a distinguishable group of assets and operations, reflected in the way that the Group manages its business, that is subject 
to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. The Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax are attributable 
to one principal activity, the provision of self-storage, in two geographical reporting segments, the United Kingdom and France. 

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to segments as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts derived from the provision of self-storage services (rental space, customer goods insurance and consumables) which 
fall within the Group’s activities provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT (where applicable) and other sales related taxes.

Rental income is recognised over the period for which the space is occupied by the customer on a time apportionment basis. No revenue is 
recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration due. Insurance income is recognised over the period 
for which the space is occupied by the customer on a time apportionment basis. 

The Group acts as principal in the provision of insurance services to its customers, and therefore revenue from insurance premiums is reported 
on a gross basis. The portion of insurance premiums on occupied space that relates to unexpired risks at the balance sheet date is reported 
as unearned premium liability in other payables.

Income for the sale of assets and consumables is recognised when the significant risks and rewards have been transferred to the buyer. For property 
sales this is generally at the point of completion. Where any aspect of consideration is conditional then the revenue associated with that conditional 
item is deferred. Income earned on the sales of consumable items is recognised at the point of sale.

Income from insurance claims is recognised when it is virtually certain of being received. 

Exceptional items
The Group defines exceptional items to be those that warrant, by virtue of their nature, size or frequency, separate disclosure on the face of the 
income statement where, in the opinion of the Directors, this enhances the understanding of the Group’s financial performance. 

Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
The individual financial statements for each company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of the Group are expressed 
in Sterling, which is the presentational currency of the Group.

72

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20162. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Foreign currency translation continued
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. 
At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on 
the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates 
prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Gains and losses arising on retranslation are included in the income statement for the 
period, except for exchange differences arising on non-monetary assets and liabilities where the changes in fair value are recognised directly in equity.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated into the Group’s presentational currency at 
exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. 
Exchange differences arising are classified as equity and are recognised as a separate component of equity, within the translation reserve. 
Such translation differences are recognised as income or expense in the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are included within the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets 
are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending 
their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Investment properties, investment properties under construction and interests in leasehold properties
Investment properties are those properties owned by the Group that are held to earn rental income, or for capital growth, or both. Investment properties 
and investment properties under construction are initially measured at cost, including related transaction and borrowing costs. After initial recognition, 
investment properties and investment properties under construction are held at fair value based on a market valuation by professionally qualified 
external valuers at each balance sheet date.

The fair value of investment properties and investment properties under construction reflects, among other things, rental income from current 
leases and assumptions about rental income from future leases in the light of current market conditions. The fair value also reflects, on a similar 
basis, any cash outflows that could be expected in respect of the property. Some of these outflows are recognised as a liability, including finance 
lease liabilities in respect of leasehold land and buildings classified as investment properties; others, including contingent rent payments, are not 
recognised in the balance sheet.

Land and properties held under operating leases are classified and accounted for by the Group as investment property in accordance with IAS 40 
when the rest of the definition of an investment property is met. In such cases, the operating leases concerned are accounted for as if they were 
finance leases. For investment properties held under leases that are classified as finance leases, the properties are initially recognised at the lower 
of fair value of the property and the present value of the minimum lease payments. An equivalent amount is recognised as a finance lease liability. 
After initial recognition, leasehold properties classified as investment properties are held at fair value, and the obligation to the lessor for the buildings 
element of the leasehold is included in the balance sheet at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation is provided on the 
minimum lease payment valuation over the lease term. 

Gains or losses arising on changes in the fair values of investment properties and investment properties under construction at the balance sheet 
date are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

Gains or losses on sale of investment properties are calculated as the difference between the consideration received and fair value estimated 
at the previous balance sheet date.

If an investment property or part of an investment property becomes owner occupied, it is reclassified as property, plant and equipment, 
and its fair value at the date of reclassification becomes its cost for accounting purposes.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment not classified as investment properties or investment properties under construction is stated at historical cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment loss. Historical cost comprises the purchase price and costs directly incurred 
in bringing the asset into use.

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and, if appropriate, adjusted at each balance sheet date. If the carrying amount of an asset 
is greater than the recoverable amount then the carrying amount is written down immediately to the recoverable amount.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of an asset less estimated residual value of each asset over its expected useful life using the 
straight line method. The principal rates are as follows:

2% per annum
Owner occupied freehold buildings 
20–25% per annum
Motor vehicles 
Computer hardware and software 
15–33% per annum
Fixtures, fittings, signs and partitioning  10–15% per annum 

The gain or loss arising on the retirement or disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement on disposal.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

73

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Impairment of tangible assets (excluding investment property)
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those 
assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is deemed to be the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income immediately.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories 
to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling 
price less directly associated costs. Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete stock, calculated on the basis of sales trends observed in the year.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for 
impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms of the receivables.

Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or delinquency 
in payments are considered indicators that a trade receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying 
amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset 
is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within “administrative 
expenses”. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent only liquid assets with original maturity of 90 days or less. Bank overdrafts that cannot be offset against other 
cash balances are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method.

Leases
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease 
payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease 
obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and the reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate 
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Contingent rent payable under finance leases, being the difference between the rent currently payable and the minimum lease payments when 
the lease obligation was originally calculated, is charged as an expense in the years in which it is payable.

Finance charges are charged directly against income, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised 
in accordance with the Group’s general policy on borrowing costs.

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in the income statement using the 
effective interest method and are included within the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which 
they arise. Where fees are payable in relation to raising debt the costs are disclosed in the cash flow statement within financing activities. Where payments 
are made to exit or modify derivative financial instruments, these costs are disclosed in the cash flow statement within financing activities. 

Where existing borrowings are replaced by others from the same lenders on substantially different terms, or the terms of existing borrowing 
are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original borrowings and the recognition of new 
borrowings, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts, including issuance costs, is recognised in the income statement. 
Otherwise, issuance costs incurred on re-financing are offset against the carrying value of borrowings. 

74

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20162. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange swaps, to hedge risks 
associated with fluctuations on borrowings and foreign operations transactions. Such derivatives are initially recognised and measured at fair value 
on the date a derivative contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. The gain or loss on re-measurement 
is taken to finance expense in the income statement except where the derivative is designated as an effective cash flow hedging instrument. Interest costs 
for the period relating to derivative financial instruments, which economically hedge borrowings, are recognised within interest payable on bank loans 
and overdrafts. Other fair value movements on derivative financial instruments are recognised within fair value movement of derivatives. Designation as 
part of an effective hedge relationship occurs at inception of a hedge relationship.

(a) Financial assets
Financial assets are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss or loans or receivables as appropriate. The Group determines 
the classification of its assets at initial recognition. 

Financial assets are derecognised only when the contractual right to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or the Group transfers substantially 
all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets consist of loans and receivables and derivatives.

Financial assets recognised as trade and other receivables are classified as loans and receivables. They are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost less provision for impairment.

Cash and cash equivalents are also classified as loans and receivables. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Cash and cash equivalents 
includes cash in hand, deposits at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

At each balance sheet date the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired. If there 
is objective evidence the asset is impaired, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset 
is reduced through use of an allowance account. The amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement.

(b) Financial liabilities
Liabilities within the scope of IAS 39 are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or other liabilities, as appropriate.

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. All loans and borrowings are classified 
as other liabilities. Initial recognition is at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost. The fair value 
of a non-interest bearing liability is its discounted repayment amount. If the due date of the liability is less than one year, discounting is omitted.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either 
attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a forecast transaction. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated as effective hedges of future cash flows are recognised directly 
in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the cash flow hedge of a firm commitment or forecast 
transaction results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the non-financial asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains 
or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedges 
that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the same period 
in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. 
At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. 
If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement 
for the period.

Taxation including deferred tax
The tax credit represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it 
excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates for that period that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided on items that may become taxable at a later date, on the difference between the balance sheet value and the tax base 
value, on an undiscounted basis. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

75

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Employee benefit costs
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-managed 
retirement benefit schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the Group’s obligations under the schemes 
are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Share-based payments
Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Group’s Performance Share Plan and employee Sharesave schemes. The Group 
recognises a compensation cost in respect of these schemes that is based on the fair value of the awards, measured using Black-Scholes 
or Monte Carlo valuation methodologies. For equity-settled schemes, the fair value is determined at the date of grant and is not subsequently 
re-measured unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. For cash-settled schemes, the fair value is determined at 
the date of grant and is re-measured at each balance sheet date until the liability is settled. Generally, the compensation cost is recognised 
on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due 
to the failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market performance conditions.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
may affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. Actual outcomes may 
therefore differ from these judgements, estimates and assumptions. 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period 
in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects 
both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies 
The following critical judgement has been made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies:

Accounting for transactions
The Group frequently enters into transactions for the purchase or sale of properties or businesses, which can be material to the consolidated 
financial statements. Accounting for transactions requires judgement such as in calculating a gain or loss or, for a business combination, goodwill. 
Each transaction is considered separately by management. During the year, management assessed that the acquisition of the Space Maker transaction 
should be treated as a business combination, and also concluded that control of Space Maker passed to the Group on 29 July 2016.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The following key estimate has significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the 
consolidated financial statements:

Estimate of fair value of investment properties and investment property under construction
The Group values its self-storage centres using a discounted cash flow methodology which is based on projections of net operating income. 
Principal assumptions and management’s underlying estimation of the fair value of those relate to: stabilised occupancy levels; expected future growth 
in storage rental income and operating costs; maintenance requirements; capitalisation rate; and discount rates. A more detailed explanation of the 
background and methodology adopted in the valuation of the investment properties is set out in note 11 to the financial statements.

Financial risk management
Financial risk management is an integral part of the way the Group is managed. In the course of its business, the Group is exposed primarily to foreign 
exchange risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The overall aim of the Group’s financial risk management policies is to minimise potential 
adverse effects on financial performance and net asset values (“NAV”). The Group manages the financial risks within policies and operating parameters 
approved by the Board of Directors and does not enter into speculative transactions. Treasury activities are managed centrally under a framework 
of policies and procedures approved and monitored by the Board. These objectives are to protect the assets of the Group and to identify and then 
manage financial risk. In applying these policies, the Group will utilise derivative instruments, but only for risk management purposes.

The principal financial risks facing the Group are described below.

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profits, issued share capital and bank borrowings. The Group borrows in Sterling, 
Euros and US Dollars at floating rates and, where necessary, uses interest rate swaps to convert these to fixed rates (see note 19) to generate 
the preferred interest rate profile and to manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. A 1% change in interest rates would have a £1.0 million 
(FY2015: £1.4 million) impact on net interest. This sensitivity impact has been prepared by determining average floating interest rates and flexing 
these against average floating rate deposits and borrowings by major currency area over the course of the year.

76

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20162. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial risk management continued
Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy on liquidity risk is to ensure that sufficient cash is available to fund ongoing operations without the need to carry significant net 
debt over the medium term. The Group’s principal borrowing facilities are provided by a group of core relationship banks in the form of term loans 
and overdrafts. The quantum of committed borrowing facilities available to the Group is reviewed regularly and is designed to exceed forecast 
peak gross debt levels. Further details of the Group’s borrowing facilities, including the repayment profile of existing borrowings and the amount 
of undrawn committed borrowing facilities, are set out in note 18.

Credit risk
Credit risk arises on financial instruments such as trade and other receivables and short-term bank deposits. Policies and procedures exist to ensure 
that customers have an appropriate credit history and account customers are given credit limits that are monitored. Short-term bank deposits are 
executed only with A-rated or above authorised counterparties based on ratings issued by the major rating agencies. Counterparty exposure positions 
are monitored regularly so that credit exposures to any one counterparty are within predetermined limits. Overall, the Group considers that it is not 
exposed to a significant amount of credit risk. The amount of trade receivables outstanding at the year end does not represent the maximum exposure 
to operational credit risk due to the normal patterns of supply and payment over the course of a year. Based on management information collected 
as at month ends the maximum level of net trade receivables at any one point during the year was £11.3 million (FY2015: £10.2 million).

Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk in respect of the Euro and the US Dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises 
from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. 

The Group has investments in foreign operations in France, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure 
arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies.

At 31 October 2016, if Sterling had weakened by 10% against the Euro with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the year would have 
been unchanged (FY2015: £0.2 million higher), as a result of foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of Euro-denominated receivables. 
Equity would have been £14.4 million higher (FY2015: £12.0 million higher), arising primarily on translation of Euro-denominated net assets held 
by subsidiary companies with a Euro-functional currency.

The Group is not exposed to significant transaction foreign exchange risk as purchases are invoiced in either Sterling or Euros.

The Group holds US Dollar-denominated loan notes totalling $112.9 million and as such is exposed to foreign exchange risk on these notes. 
The foreign exchange risk relating to the notes has been fully hedged at 31 October 2016.

Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. Being a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”), the Group is required to distribute as a dividend a 
minimum of 90% of its property rental income to shareholders. This is factored into the Group’s capital risk management.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided 
by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including “current and non-current borrowings” as shown in the consolidated balance 
sheet) less cash and cash equivalents. Total capital is calculated as equity as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratios at 31 October 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

Total borrowings (excluding derivatives)

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2016
£’m

374.6

(5.4)

369.2

587.4

956.6

39%

2015
£’m

296.6

(13.8)

282.8

490.6

773.4

37%

The Group considers that a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio, defined as gross debt (excluding finance leases, but adjusted for the fair value of the US Dollar 
cross currency swaps) as a proportion of the valuation of investment properties and investment properties under construction (excluding finance leases), 
of between 30% and 40% represents an appropriate medium-term capital structure objective. The Group’s LTV ratio was 31% at 31 October 2016 
(FY2015: 32%).

The Group has complied with all of the covenants on its banking facilities during the year.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

77

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements3. Segmental analysis 
The segmental information presented has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8. The Group’s revenue, profit before income 
tax and net assets are attributable to one activity: the provision of self-storage accommodation and related services. Segmental information 
is presented in respect of the Group’s geographical segments. This is based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure.

Safestore is organised and managed in two operating segments, based on geographical areas, being the United Kingdom and France.

The chief operating decision maker, being the Executive Directors, identified in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 8, assesses the performance 
of the operating segments on the basis of underlying EBITDA, which is defined as operating profit before exceptional items, corporate transaction 
costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties, contingent rent and depreciation.

The operating profits and assets include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

Year ended 31 October 2016

Continuing operations
Revenue

Underlying EBITDA 

Exceptional items

Contingent rent and depreciation

Operating profit before gain on investment properties
Gain on investment properties

Operating profit
Net finance expense

Profit before tax

Total assets 

Year ended 31 October 2015

Continuing operations
Revenue

Underlying EBITDA 

Change in fair value of derivative

Contingent rent and depreciation

Operating profit before gain on investment properties
Gain on investment properties

Operating profit
Net finance expense

Profit before tax

Total assets 

UK
£’m

87.4

46.5

4.3
(0.6)

50.2

35.1

85.3

(12.4)

72.9

800.6

UK
£’m

79.9

40.6

—

(0.9)

39.7

64.9

104.6

(13.6)

91.0

668.5

France
£’m

28.0

17.7

—
(0.3)

17.4

6.6

24.0

(2.0)

22.0

Group
£’m

115.4

64.2
4.3
(0.9)

67.6
41.7

109.3
(14.4)

94.9

266.3

1,066.9

France
£’m

24.9

16.5

(0.3)

(0.6)

15.6

14.0

29.6

(2.4)

27.2

199.2

Group
£’m

104.8

57.1

(0.3)

(1.5)

55.3

78.9

134.2

(16.0)

118.2

867.7

Inter-segment transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be available to unrelated third parties. 
There is no material impact from inter-segment transactions on the Group’s results.

78

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20164. Finance income and costs

Finance income
Fair value movement of derivatives 

Unwinding of discount on Capital Goods Scheme (“CGS”) receivable

Total finance income

Finance costs
Interest payable on bank loans and overdraft

Amortisation of debt issuance costs on bank loan

Underlying finance charges

Interest on obligations under finance leases

Fair value movement of derivatives

Net exchange losses

Total finance cost

Net finance costs

2016 
£’m

20.9

0.1

21.0

(9.7)

(0.4)

(10.1)

(3.7)

(2.5)

(19.1)

(35.4)

(14.4)

2015
£’m

3.1

0.1

3.2

(11.2)

(0.2)

(11.4)

(3.8)

(1.2)

(2.8)

(19.2)

(16.0)

Included within interest payable of £9.7 million (FY2015: £11.2 million) is £0.9 million (FY2015: £1.1 million) of interest relating to derivative financial 
instruments that are economically hedging the Group’s borrowings. The total change in fair value of derivatives reported within net finance costs 
for the year is a net gain of £18.4 million (FY2015: £1.9 million).

5. Exceptional items

Negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary

Costs relating to corporate transactions

Net exceptional income

2016 
£’m

5.6
(1.3)

4.3

2015
£’m

—

—

—

The negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary arose on the acquisition of Space Maker Stores Limited on 29 July 2016 and, along with the 
related transactions costs, is explained in further detail in note 30.

6. Operating profit 
The following items have been charged/(credited) in arriving at operating profit:

Staff costs 

Inventories: cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales) 

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment

Gain on investment properties 

Contingent rent payable under finance leases

Repairs and maintenance expenditure on investment properties

Notes

25

14

12

11

2016 
£’m

20.0
0.8

0.4

(41.7)

0.5

3.0

2015
£’m

19.5

0.8

0.4

(78.9)

1.1

2.7

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

79

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements7. Fees paid to auditor
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor at costs detailed below:

Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the parent company and consolidated 
financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant 
to legislation

Total audit fees

Fees for other services
Transaction services

Total

8. Income tax charge
Analysis of tax charge in the year:

Current tax:

– UK corporation tax 

– tax in respect of overseas subsidiaries 

Deferred tax:

– current year

– adjustment in respect of prior year

Tax charge

2016 
£’m

2015
£’m

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.1

0.4

0.1

0.1

0.2

—

0.2

Note

2016 
£’m

2015
£’m

—
3.7

3.7

3.8

—

3.8

7.5

0.2

1.4

1.6

7.7

0.2

7.9

9.5

21

Reconciliation of income tax charge
The tax for the period is lower (FY2015: lower) than the standard effective rate of corporation tax in the UK for the year ended 31 October 2016 
of 20.0% (FY2015: 20.4%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20.0% (FY2015: 20.4%)

Effect of:

– permanent differences

– profits from the tax exempt business

– difference from overseas tax rates

– adjustments in respect of prior years

Tax charge

2016 
£’m

94.9

19.0

0.2

(14.6)

2.9

—

7.5

2015
£’m

118.2

24.1

0.2

(18.5)

3.5

0.2

9.5

The Group is a REIT. As a result the Group is exempt from UK corporation tax on the profits and gains from its qualifying rental business in the UK 
provided that it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group remain subject to corporation tax as normal. The Group 
monitors its compliance with the REIT conditions. There have been no breaches of the conditions to date. 

The main rate of corporation tax in the UK reduced from 21% to 20% from 1 April 2015. Accordingly the Group’s results for this accounting period 
are taxed at an effective rate of 20.0% (FY2015: 20.4%). Due to the Group’s REIT status there will be no deferred taxation impact in respect of the 
changes in taxation rates.

80

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20169. Dividends per share 
The dividend paid in 2016 was £21.3 million (10.25 pence per share) (FY2015: £17.2 million (8.30 pence per share)). A final dividend in respect of the year 
ended 31 October 2016 of 8.05 pence (FY2015: 6.65 pence) per share, amounting to a total final dividend of £16.8 million (FY2015: £13.8 million), is to 
be proposed at the AGM on 22 March 2017. The ex-dividend date will be 9 March 2017 and the record date will be 10 March 2017 with an intended 
payment date of 7 April 2017. The final dividend has not been included as a liability at 31 October 2016.

The PID element of the final dividend is 8.05 pence (FY2015: 6.65 pence), making the PID payable for the year 9.85 pence (FY2015: 9.65 pence) per share.

10. Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding ordinary shares held as treasury shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares. The Company has one category of dilutive 
potential ordinary shares: share options. For the share options, a calculation is performed to determine the number of shares that could have been 
acquired at fair value (determined as the average annual market price of the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription 
rights attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would 
have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Basic 

Dilutive securities

Diluted

Year ended 31 October 2016

Year ended 31 October 2015

Earnings 
£’m

87.4

—

87.4

Shares 
million

208.2

1.5

209.7

Pence 
per share

42.0

(0.3)

41.7

Earnings 
£’m

108.7

—

108.7

Shares 
million

207.5

1.6

209.1

Pence 
per share

52.4

(0.4)

52.0

Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share represents profit after tax adjusted for the valuation movement on investment properties, exceptional items, change 
in fair value of derivatives and the associated tax thereon. The Directors consider that these alternative measures provide useful information on 
the performance of the Group. 

EPRA earnings and earnings per share before non-recurring items, movements on revaluations of investment properties and changes in the 
fair value of derivatives have been disclosed to give a clearer understanding of the Group’s underlying trading performance.

Year ended 31 October 2016

Year ended 31 October 2015

Basic 

Adjustments:

Gain on investment properties

Exceptional items

Unwinding of discount on CGS receivable

Net exchange losses

Change in fair value of derivatives

Tax on adjustments

Adjusted

EPRA adjusted:

Depreciation of leasehold properties

Tax on leasehold depreciation adjustment

EPRA basic

Adjustment for underlying deferred tax

Adjusted cash tax earnings1

Earnings 
£’m

87.4

(41.7)

(4.3)

(0.1)

19.1

(18.4)

2.9

44.9

(4.6)

0.9

41.2

—

41.2

Shares 
million

208.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

208.2

—

—

208.2

—

208.2

Pence 
per share

42.0

(20.1)

(2.1)

—

9.2

(8.8)

1.4

21.6

(2.2)

0.4

19.8

—

19.8

Earnings 
£’m

108.7

Shares 
million

207.5

Pence 
per share

52.4

(78.9)

—

(0.1)

2.8

(1.6)

5.7

36.6

(4.1)

0.8

33.3

1.2

34.5

—

—

—

—

—

—

207.5

—

—

207.5

—

207.5

(38.0)

—

—

1.3

(0.8)

2.7

17.6

(2.0)

0.4

16.0

0.6

16.6

1   Adjusted cash tax earnings is defined as profit or loss for the year before exceptional items, corporate transaction costs, change in fair value of derivatives, gain/loss on investment properties 

(adjusted for leasehold depreciation), discount unwind on the CGS receivable and the associated tax impacts, as well as exceptional tax items and deferred tax charges.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

81

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements10. Earnings per share continued
Adjusted earnings per share continued
Gain on investment properties includes depreciation on leasehold properties of £4.6 million (FY2015: £4.1 million) and the related tax thereon of £0.9 million 
(FY2015: £0.8 million). As an industry standard measure, EPRA earnings is presented. EPRA earnings of £41.2 million (FY2015: £33.3 million) and 
EPRA earnings per share of 19.8 pence (FY2015: 16.0 pence) are calculated after further adjusting for these items.

EPRA adjusted income statement (non-statutory)

Revenue
Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and contingent rent)

EBITDA before contingent rent 
Depreciation and contingent rent

Operating profit before depreciation on leasehold properties
Depreciation on leasehold properties

Operating profit
Net financing costs 

Profit before income tax
Income tax 

Profit for the year (“EPRA earnings”)

Adjusted EPRA earnings per share

Final dividend per share

2016 
£’m

115.4

(51.2)

64.2

(0.9)

63.3

(4.6)

58.7

(13.8)

44.9

(3.7)

41.2

2015 
£’m

104.8

(47.7)

57.1

(1.5)

55.6

(4.1)

51.5

(15.2)

36.3

(3.0)

33.3

19.8 pence

16.0 pence

8.05 pence

6.65 pence

Movement
%

10.1

(7.3)

12.4

40.0

13.8

(12.2)

14.0

9.2

23.7

(23.3)

23.7

23.8

21.1

11. Investment properties, investment properties under construction and interests in leasehold properties

Investment 
property 
£’m

Interests in
leasehold
properties 
£’m

Investment
property
under 
construction
£’m

Total
investment 
properties 
£’m

775.5
11.6
48.0
13.7
45.8
—
48.7

943.3

47.1
3.0
10.3
—
—
(4.6)
3.1

58.9

6.0
18.1
—
(13.7)
0.5
—
—

10.9

Investment 
property 
£’m

Interests in
leasehold
properties 
£’m

Investment
property
under 
construction
£’m

704.0

5.5

(1.5)

1.8

83.1

—
(17.4)

775.5

51.0

7.1

(4.9)

(0.7)

—

(4.1)
(1.3)

47.1

5.3

0.8

—

—

(0.1)

—
—

6.0

828.6
32.7
58.3
—
46.3
(4.6)
51.8

1,013.1

Total
investment 
properties 
£’m

760.3

13.4

(6.4)

1.1

83.0

(4.1)

(18.7)

828.6

As at 1 November 2015

Additions

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 30)

Reclassifications

Revaluations

Depreciation

Exchange movements

As at 31 October 2016

As at 1 November 2014

Additions

Disposals

Purchase of freehold

Revaluations

Depreciation
Exchange movements

As at 31 October 2015

82

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201611. Investment properties, investment properties under construction and interests in leasehold 
properties continued
The gain on investment properties comprises:

Revaluations 

Depreciation

Freehold stores
As at 1 November 2015

Movement in year

As at 31 October 2016

Leasehold stores
As at 1 November 2015

Movement in year

As at 31 October 2016

All stores
As at 1 November 2015

Movement in year

As at 31 October 2016

2016 
£’m

46.3

(4.6)

41.7

2015
£’m

83.0

(4.1)

78.9

Cost 
£’m

Revaluation 
on cost 
£’m

Valuation 
£’m

364.5

66.9

431.4

74.6

14.2

88.8

439.1

81.1

520.2

264.1

63.0

327.1

72.3

23.7

96.0

336.4

86.7

423.1

628.6

129.9

758.5

146.9

37.9

184.8

775.5

167.8

943.3

The valuation of £943.3 million (FY2015: £775.5 million) excludes £0.6 million in respect of owner occupied property, which is included within property, 
plant and equipment. Rental income earned from investment properties for the year ended 31 October 2016 was £95.2 million (FY2015: £86.0 million).

The Group has classified the investment property and investment property under construction, held at fair value, within Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy. There were no transfers to or from Level 3 during the year.

The freehold and leasehold investment properties have been valued as at 31 October 2016 by external valuers, Cushman & Wakefield LLP (“C&W”). 
The valuation has been carried out in accordance with the current UK edition of the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards, published by The Royal 
Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“the Red Book”). The valuation of each of the investment properties has been prepared on the basis of fair value as 
a fully equipped operational entity, having regard to trading potential. One non-trading property was valued on the basis of fair value. The valuation has 
been provided for accounts purposes and, as such, is a Regulated Purpose Valuation as defined in the Red Book. In compliance with the disclosure 
requirements of the Red Book, C&W has confirmed that:

 — of the members of the RICS who have been the signatories to the valuations provided to the Group for the same purposes as this valuation, 

one has done so since October 2006 and the other is a signatory for the first time;

 — C&W has been carrying out regular valuations for the same purpose as this valuation on behalf of the Group since October 2006;

 — C&W does not provide other significant professional or agency services to the Group;

 — in relation to the preceding financial year of C&W, the proportion of total fees payable by the Group to the total fee income of the firm is less than 

5%; and

 — the fee payable to C&W is a fixed amount per property and is not contingent on the appraised value.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

83

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements11. Investment properties, investment properties under construction and interests in leasehold 
properties continued
Market uncertainty 
C&W’s valuation report comments on valuation uncertainty resulting from low liquidity in the market for self-storage property. C&W notes that in 
the UK since the start of 2013 there have only been six transactions involving multiple assets and 13 single asset transactions, and C&W is unaware 
of any comparable transactions in the Paris market. C&W states that due to the lack of comparable market information in the self-storage sector, 
there is greater uncertainty attached to its opinion of value than would be anticipated during more active market conditions.

Portfolio premium 
C&W’s valuation report confirms that the properties have been valued individually but that if the portfolio was to be sold as a single lot or in selected 
groups of properties, the total value could be different. C&W states that in current market conditions it is of the view that there could be a material 
portfolio premium.

Valuation method and assumptions
The valuation of the operational self-storage facilities has been prepared having regard to trading potential. Cash flow projections have been prepared 
for all of the properties reflecting estimated absorption, revenue growth and expense inflation. A discounted cash flow method of valuation based 
on these cash flow projections has been used by C&W to arrive at its opinion of fair value for these properties.

C&W has adopted different approaches for the valuation of the leasehold and freehold assets as follows:

Freehold and long leasehold (UK and France)
The valuation is based on a discounted cash flow of the net operating income over a ten-year period and a notional sale of the asset at the end 
of the tenth year.

Assumptions:

 — Net operating income is based on projected revenue received less projected operating costs together with a central administration charge of 
6% of the estimated annual revenue, subject to a cap and collar. The initial net operating income is calculated by estimating the net operating 
income in the first twelve months following the valuation date.

 — The net operating income in future years is calculated assuming either straight line absorption from day one actual occupancy or variable absorption 
over years one to four of the cash flow period, to an estimated stabilised/mature occupancy level. In the valuation the assumed stabilised occupancy 
level for the trading stores (both freeholds and all leaseholds) open at 31 October 2016 averages 80.23% (31 October 2015: 77.87%). The projected 
revenues and costs have been adjusted for estimated cost inflation and revenue growth. The average time assumed for stores to trade at their 
maturity levels is 23.78 months (31 October 2015: 23.93 months).

 — The capitalisation rates applied to existing and future net cash flows have been estimated by reference to underlying yields for industrial and 

retail warehouse property, yields for other trading property types such as purpose built student housing and hotels, bank base rates, ten-year 
money rates, inflation and the available evidence of transactions in the sector. The valuation included in the accounts assumes rental growth 
in future periods. If an assumption of no rental growth is applied to the external valuation, the net initial yield pre-administration expenses for 
the 127 mature stores (i.e. excluding those stores categorised as “developing”) is 7.98% (31 October 2015: 7.89%), rising to a stabilised net 
yield pre-administration expenses of 8.99% (31 October 2015: 9.08%).

 — The future net cash flow projections (including revenue growth and cost inflation) have been discounted at a rate that reflects the risk associated 
with each asset. The weighted average annual discount rate adopted (for both freeholds and all leaseholds) is 10.75% (31 October 2015: 10.79%).

 — Purchaser’s costs in the range of approximately 6.0% to 6.8% for the UK and 7.5% for France (see page 85) have been assumed initially, reflecting 
the new progressive SDLT rates brought into force in March 2016 in the UK, and sales plus purchaser’s costs totalling approximately 8.0% to 
8.8% (UK) and 9.5% (France) are assumed on the notional sales in the tenth year in relation to freehold and long leasehold stores.

Short leaseholds (UK)
The same methodology has been used as for freeholds, except that no sale of the assets in the tenth year is assumed but the discounted 
cash flow is extended to the expiry of the lease. The average unexpired term of the Group’s UK short-term leasehold properties is 13.7 years 
(31 October 2015: 12.7 years). The average unexpired term excludes the French commercial leases.

Short leaseholds (France)
In relation to the French commercial leases, C&W has valued the cash flow projections in perpetuity due to the security of tenure arrangements 
in that market and the potential compensation arrangements in the event of the landlord wishing to take possession. The valuation treatment 
is therefore the same as for the freehold properties. The capitalisation rates on these stores reflect the risk of the landlord terminating the 
lease arrangements.

84

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201611. Investment properties, investment properties under construction and interests in leasehold 
properties continued
Valuation method and assumptions continued
Investment properties under construction (UK only)
C&W has valued the stores in development adopting the same methodology as set out above but on the basis of the cash flow projection expected 
for the store at opening and allowing for the outstanding costs to take each store from its current state to completion and full fit out. C&W has 
allowed for carry costs and construction contingency, as appropriate.

Immature stores: value uncertainty
C&W has assessed the value of each property individually. However, five of the stores in the portfolio are relatively immature and have low initial 
cash flow. C&W has endeavoured to reflect the nature of the cash flow profile for these properties in its valuation, and the higher associated risks 
relating to the as yet unproven future cash flow, by adjustment to the capitalisation rates and discount rates adopted. However, immature low cash 
flow stores of this nature are rarely, if ever, traded individually in the market, unless as part of a distressed sale or similar situation. Although, there 
is more evidence of immature low cash flow stores being traded as part of a group or portfolio transaction. 

C&W considers there to be market uncertainty in the self-storage sector due to the lack of comparable market transactions and information. 
The degree of uncertainty relating to the five immature stores is greater than in relation to the balance of the properties due to there being even 
less market evidence than might be available for more mature properties and portfolios. 

C&W states that in practice, if an actual sale of the properties were to be contemplated then any immature low cash flow stores would normally 
be presented to the market for sale lotted or grouped with other more mature assets owned by the same entity, in order to alleviate the issue 
of negative or low short-term cash flow. This approach would enhance the marketability of the group of assets and assist in achieving the best 
price available in the market by diluting the cash flow risk.

C&W has not adjusted its opinion of fair value to reflect such a grouping of the immature assets with other properties in the portfolio and all stores 
have been valued individually. However, C&W highlights the matter to alert the Group to the manner in which the properties might be grouped 
or lotted in order to maximise their attractiveness to the marketplace. 

C&W considers this approach to be a valuation assumption but not a Special Assumption, the latter being an assumption that assumes facts that 
differ from the actual facts existing at the valuation date and which, if not adopted, could produce a material difference in value. 

Lotting of stores with customer transfers 
Where stores within the portfolio are expected to close in the short term, C&W has assumed that a proportion of the customer base from these 
stores will be transferred, at closure, to nearby stores also owned by the Group.

C&W has assumed that the properties that are closing would be sold together with the stores where customers will be transferred to, in the event 
they were offered to the market. C&W considers this approach to be a valuation assumption but not a Special Assumption, the latter being an 
assumption that assumes facts that differ from the actual facts existing at the valuation date and which, if not adopted, could produce a material 
difference in value.

Valuation assumption for purchaser’s costs 
The Group’s investment property assets have been valued for the purposes of the financial statements after adjusting for notional purchaser’s costs 
in the range of approximately 6.0% to 6.8% (UK) and 7.5% (France), as if they were sold directly as property assets. The valuation is an asset valuation 
which is strongly linked to the operating performance of the business. They would have to be sold with the benefit of operational contracts, 
employment contracts and customer contracts, which would be difficult to achieve except in a corporate structure.

This approach follows the logic of the valuation methodology in that the valuation is based on a capitalisation of the net operating income after allowing 
a deduction for operational cost and an allowance for central administration costs. A sale in a corporate structure would result in a reduction in the 
assumed stamp duty land tax but an increase in other transaction costs reflecting additional due diligence resulting in a reduced notional purchaser’s 
cost of 2.75% of gross value. All the significant sized transactions that have been concluded in the UK in recent years were completed in a corporate 
structure. The Group therefore instructed C&W to prepare additional valuation advice on the basis of purchaser’s cost of 2.75% of gross value which 
are used for internal management purposes.

Sensitivity of the valuation to assumptions
All other factors being equal, higher net operating income would lead to an increase in the valuation of a store and an increase in the capitalisation 
rate or discount rate would result in a lower valuation, and vice versa. Higher assumptions for stabilised occupancy, absorption rate, rental rate and 
other revenue, and a lower assumption for operating costs, would result in an increase in projected net operating income, and thus an increase 
in valuation.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

85

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 November 2015

Additions

Disposals

Exchange movements

At 31 October 2016

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 November 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals
Exchange movements

At 31 October 2016

Net book value
At 31 October 2016

At 31 October 2015

Cost
At 1 November 2014

Additions

Disposals

Exchange movements

At 31 October 2015

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 November 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange movements

At 31 October 2015

Net book value

At 31 October 2015

At 31 October 2014

Owner 
occupied 
buildings 
£’m

Motor 
vehicles 
£’m

Fixtures 
and fittings 
£’m

0.8

—

—

—

0.8

0.2

—

—
—

0.2

0.6

0.6

0.2

0.1

—

0.1

0.4

0.1

0.1

— 
—

0.2

0.2

0.1

3.2

0.7

(0.5)

0.1

3.5

2.3

0.3

(0.4)
0.1

2.3

1.2

0.9

Owner 
occupied 
buildings 
£’m

Motor 
vehicles 
£’m

Fixtures 
and fittings 
£’m

0.8

—

—

—

0.8

0.2

—

—

—

0.2

0.6

0.6

0.2

0.1

(0.1)

—

0.2

0.1

0.1

(0.1)

—

0.1

0.1

0.1

2.9

0.4

—

(0.1)

3.2

2.1

0.3

—

(0.1)

2.3

0.9

0.8

Total 
£’m

4.2

0.8

(0.5)

0.2

4.7

2.6

0.4

(0.4)

0.1

2.7

2.0

1.6

Total 
£’m

3.9

0.5

(0.1)

(0.1)

4.2

2.4

0.4

(0.1)

(0.1)

2.6

1.6

1.5

86

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201613. Net assets per share
The European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) has issued recommended bases for the calculation of net assets per share information 
and these are shown in the table below: 

Analysis of net asset value:

Net assets

Adjustments to exclude:

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (net of deferred tax)

Deferred tax liabilities on the revaluation of investment properties

Adjusted net asset value

Basic net assets per share (pence)

EPRA basic net assets per share (pence)

Diluted net assets per share (pence) 
EPRA diluted net assets per share (pence)

Shares in issue

2016 
£’m

2015
£’m

587.4

490.6

(17.7)

56.3

626.0

281.5

300.0

279.5
297.9

0.7

41.2

532.5

236.2

256.4

234.4

254.4

Number

Number

208,656,168

207,682,712

Basic net assets per share is shareholders’ funds divided by the number of shares at the year end. Diluted net assets per share is shareholders’ 
funds divided by the number of shares at the year end, adjusted for dilutive share options of 1,480,168 shares (FY2015: 1,651,532 shares). EPRA 
diluted net assets per share exclude deferred tax liabilities arising on the revaluation of investment properties. The EPRA NAV, which further excludes 
fair value adjustments for debt and related derivatives net of deferred tax, was £626.0 million (FY2015: £532.5 million), giving EPRA net assets per 
share of 300.0 pence (FY2015: 256.4 pence). The Directors consider that these alternative measures provide useful information on the performance 
of the Group.

EPRA adjusted balance sheet (non-statutory)

2016 
£’m

2015 
£’m

Movement
%

Assets
Non-current assets

Current assets 

Total assets

Liabilities 
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

EPRA net asset value

1,017.2
28.6

1,045.8

(53.8)

(366.0)

(419.8)

626.0

833.6

33.4

867.0

(44.4)

(290.1)

(334.5)

532.5

EPRA net asset value per share

300.0 pence

256.4 pence

22.0

(14.4)

20.6

(21.2)

(26.2)

(25.5)

17.6

17.0

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

87

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements14. Inventories

Finished goods and goods held for resale 

Less: provisions for impairment of inventories

2016 
£’m

0.3

(0.1)

0.2

2015 
£’m

0.3

(0.1)

0.2

The Group consumed £0.8 million (FY2015: £0.8 million) of inventories during the year. Inventory write downs were £nil for the financial year ended 
31 October 2016 (FY2015: £nil). Inventories of £0.1 million (FY2015: £0.1 million) are carried at fair value less costs to sell. Provisions are made 
against slow-moving and obsolete stock lines where considered appropriate.

15. Trade and other receivables

Current:
Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Prepayments

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

Provisions for doubtful debts against trade receivables:
At 1 November

Acquisition of subsidiary

Provision for receivables impairment

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable

At 31 October

2016 
£’m

12.7

(1.5)

11.2

5.8
6.0

23.0

2016 
£’m

1.1
0.1
0.6
(0.3)

1.5

2015 
£’m

10.7
(1.1)

9.6

4.8

5.0

19.4

2015 
£’m

1.4

—

0.3

(0.6)

1.1

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in cost of sales in the income statement.

The provision for impairment of trade receivables is estimated by reference to the ageing of the receivable balance and historical experience. 
As at 31 October 2016, trade receivables of £3.2 million (FY2015: £2.6 million) were determined to be impaired. Provision for impairment of trade 
receivables is also made on a portfolio basis against trade receivables which are not individually determined to be impaired. There is no concentration 
of credit risk with respect to trade receivables as the Group has a large number of customers.

As at 31 October 2016, trade receivables of £3.6 million (FY2015: £2.8 million) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of customers 
for whom there is no recent history of default, some of whom benefit from an extension to normal terms. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables 
is as follows:

Up to 28 days overdue

Up to 60 days overdue

2016 
£’m

3.2

0.4

2015 
£’m

2.5

0.3

The above balances are short term (including other receivables) and therefore the difference between the book value and the fair value of the above 
receivables is not significant. Consequently these have not been discounted.

88

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201615. Trade and other receivables continued
The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

2016 
£’m

17.2

5.8

23.0

2015 
£’m

14.6

4.8

19.4

Other receivables includes amounts in relation to VAT recoverable on qualifying expenditure in respect of the Capital Goods Scheme. As at 
31 October 2016 the Group had a total discounted other receivable of £3.5 million (FY2015: £4.9 million). This is split £2.1 million as non-current 
assets and £1.4 million as current assets (FY2015: £3.4 million and £1.5 million respectively). 

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The carrying amounts of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

17. Trade and other payables

Current:
Trade payables

Other taxes and social security payable

Other payables

Accruals

Deferred income

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euros

2016 
£’m

5.4

2016 
£’m

3.6
1.8

5.4

2016 
£’m

7.3
2.2
2.7
16.1
12.9

41.2

2016 
£’m

32.1

9.1

41.2

2015 
£’m

13.8

2015 
£’m

7.0

6.8

13.8

2015 
£’m

7.3

3.5

2.0

12.7

11.0

36.5

2015 
£’m

29.6

6.9

36.5

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

89

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements18. Financial liabilities – bank borrowings and secured notes

Non-current

Bank loans and secured notes:
Secured

Debt issue costs

2016 
£’m

317.5

(1.8)

315.7

2015 
£’m

251.3

(1.8)

249.5

The Group’s borrowings consist of bank facilities of £251 million and €70 million, which run to June 2020, and a $112.9 million US private placement 
note issue, originally of seven and twelve years with maturities extending to 2019 and 2024. The blended cost of interest on the overall debt is 
3.58% per annum. 

The Group’s UK bank facilities were increased by £45 million during the year, in advance of the Space Maker acquisition, by the utilisation 
of £45 million of an uncommitted £60 million facility. The bank facilities attract a margin over LIBOR/EURIBOR. The margin ratchets between 
1.50% and 2.75%, by reference to the Group’s performance against its interest cover covenant. Approximately 56% of the drawn bank facilities 
have been hedged at an effective weighted average rate of 1.34% (LIBOR) or 0.309% (EURIBOR).

The Company also has in issue $65.6 million (FY2015: $65.6 million) 5.52% Series A Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and $47.3 million 
(FY2015: $47.3 million) 6.29% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2024. The proceeds of the US private placement have been fully hedged 
by cross currency swaps converting the US Dollar exchange risk into Sterling.

The bank loans and overdrafts are secured by a fixed charge over the Group’s investment property portfolio. As part of the Group’s interest 
rate management strategy, the Group entered into several interest rate swap contracts, details of which are shown in note 19.

Bank loans and secured notes are stated before unamortised issue costs of £1.8 million (FY2015: £1.8 million).

Bank loans and secured notes are repayable as follows:

Between two and five years

After more than five years

Bank loans and secured notes

Unamortised debt issue costs

The effective interest rates at the balance sheet date were as follows:

2016

Group

2016 
£’m

278.7

38.8

317.5

(1.8)

315.7

2015
£’m

220.6

30.7

251.3

(1.8)

249.5

2015

Bank loans (UK term loan)

Bank loans (Euro term loan)

Private placement notes

Quarterly or monthly LIBOR plus 1.50%

Quarterly or monthly LIBOR plus 1.50%

Quarterly or monthly EURIBOR plus 1.50%

Weighted average rate of 6.21%

Quarterly EURIBOR plus 1.50%

Weighted average rate of 6.21%

The private placement secured loan notes bear interest at 5.83% on $65.6 million (FY2015: $65.6 million) and 6.7375% on $47.3 million 
(FY2015: $47.3 million), as a result of cross currency swap agreements.

Borrowing facilities
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 31 October in respect of which all conditions precedent had 
been met at that date:

Expiring beyond one year

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

90

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Floating rate

2016 
£’m

89.2

2016
£’m

187.0

37.8

92.7

317.5

2015
£’m

77.8

2015
£’m

146.0

32.1

73.2

251.3

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201619. Financial instruments
Financial instruments disclosures are set out below. Additional disclosures are set out in note 2, under Financial risk management.

Interest rate swaps

Cross currency swaps

2016

2015

Asset
£’m

0.1

20.8

20.9

Liability
£’m

(3.4)

—

(3.4)

Asset
£’m

—

0.6

0.6

Liability
£’m

(0.8)

(0.6)

(1.4)

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market, such as over the counter derivatives, is determined using valuation 
techniques. The Group obtains such valuations from counterparties who use a variety of assumptions based on market conditions existing at 
each balance sheet date.

The fair values of all financial instruments are equal to their book value, with the exception of bank loans which are set out below. The carrying value less 
impairment provision of trade receivables, other receivables and the carrying value of trade payables and other payables approximate their fair value.

The fair value of bank loans is calculated as:

Bank loans 

2016

2015

Book value
£’m

Fair value
£’m

Book value
£’m

315.7

327.6

249.5

Fair value
£’m

259.3

Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 13 requires fair value measurements to be recognised using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in the 
measurements, according to the following levels:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The table below shows the level in the fair value hierarchy into which fair value measurements have been categorised:

Assets per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments – Level 2

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments – Level 2

2016
£’m

20.9

2016
£’m

3.4

2015
£’m

0.6

2015
£’m

1.4

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements during the current or prior year.

Over the life of the Group’s derivative financial instruments, the cumulative fair value gain/loss on those instruments will be £nil as it is the Group’s 
intention to hold them to maturity.

Interest rate swaps not designated as part of a hedging arrangement
The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at 31 October 2016 were £100 million and €30 million (FY2015: £90 million 
and €30 million). At 31 October 2016 the weighted average fixed interest rates were Sterling at 1.34% and Euro at 0.309% (FY2015: Sterling at 1.447% 
and Euro at 0.309%) and floating rates are at quarterly LIBOR and quarterly EURIBOR. The LIBOR swaps and the EURIBOR swaps expire in June 2020. 
The movement in fair value recognised in the income statement was a net loss of £2.4 million (FY2015: £1.2 million).

Cross currency swaps not designated as part of a hedging arrangement
The Group entered into cross currency swaps to mitigate the foreign exchange risk arising on future interest payments and the principal repayments 
arising from the $65.6 million and $47.3 million US Senior Secured Notes. These cross currency swaps commenced in May 2012 and terminate in 
2019 and 2024 in line with the maturity of the notes. The movement in fair value during the year recognised in the income statement was a net gain 
of £20.8 million (FY2015: £3.1 million).

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

91

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements19. Financial instruments continued
Financial instruments by category

Assets per the balance sheet

Trade receivables and other receivables excluding prepayments

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

As at 31 October 2016

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

Finance lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Payables and accruals

As at 31 October 2016

Assets per the balance sheet

Trade receivables and other receivables excluding prepayments

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

As at 31 October 2015

Liabilities per the balance sheet

Borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities)

Finance lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Payables and accruals

As at 31 October 2015

Loans and 
receivables 
£’m

Assets at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

17.0

—

5.4

22.4

—

20.9

—

20.9

Liabilities at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£’m

—

—

3.4

—

3.4

315.7

58.9

—

28.3

402.9

Loans and 
receivables 
£’m

Assets at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

14.4

—

13.8

28.2

—

0.6

—

0.6

Liabilities at fair 
value through 
profit and loss 
£’m

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£’m

—

—

1.4

—

1.4

249.5

47.1

—

25.5

322.1

The interest rate risk profile, after taking account of derivative financial instruments, was as follows:

Borrowings

Floating rate
£’m

2016

Fixed rate 
£’m

96.0

219.7

Total
£’m

315.7

Floating rate
£’m

2015

Fixed rate 
£’m

64.9

184.6

Total 
£’m

17.0

20.9

5.4

43.3

Total 
£’m

315.7

58.9

3.4
28.3

406.3

Total 
£’m

14.4

0.6

13.8

28.8

Total 
£’m

249.5

47.1

1.4

25.5

323.5

Total
£’m

249.5

The weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate financial borrowing was 3.91% (FY2015: 4.11%) and the weighted average remaining period 
for which the rate is fixed was four years for bank borrowings and three/eight years for the notes (FY2015: five years for bank borrowings;  
four/nine years for notes).

92

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201619. Financial instruments continued
Maturity analysis
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities and non-settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based 
on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity dates. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows.

2016
Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments

Contractual interest payments and finance lease charges

Payables and accruals

2015
Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments

Contractual interest payments and finance lease charges

Payables and accruals

Less than 
one year
£’m

One to two 
years 
£’m

Two to five 
years 
£’m

More than 
five years 
£’m

9.7

5.6

9.8

28.3

53.4

8.2

5.3

7.6

25.5

46.6

9.7

5.6

9.4

—

24.7

8.2

5.3

7.3

—

20.8

296.7

10.5

23.5

—

330.7

242.4

13.3

18.7

—

274.4

46.1

6.0

51.3

—

103.4

38.4

8.0

41.6

—

88.0

20. Obligations under finance leases
The Group leases certain of its investment properties under finance leases. The average remaining lease term is 11.5 years (FY2015: 11.1 years).

Minimum lease payments

Present value of minimum
lease payments

Within one year

Within two to five years

Greater than five years

Less: future finance charges on finance leases

Present value of finance lease obligations

Current 

Non-current

2016
£’m

9.8

32.9

51.3

94.0

(35.1)

58.9

2015
£’m

7.6

26.0

41.6

75.2

(28.1)

47.1

2016
£’m

9.4

26.2

23.3

58.9

—

58.9

2016
£’m

9.4

49.5

58.9

2015
£’m

7.2

20.8

19.1

47.1

—

47.1

2015
£’m

7.2

39.9

47.1

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

93

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements21. Deferred income tax
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 20% (FY2015: 20%) for the UK and 33.3% 
(FY2015: 33.3%) for France. The movement on the deferred tax account was as shown below.

At 1 November

Charge to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October

Note

8

2016 
£’m

41.8

3.8

11.3

56.9

2015 
£’m

37.7

7.9

(3.8)

41.8

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by IAS 12) during 
the period are shown below.

Deferred tax liability

At 1 November 2014

Charge to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October 2015

At 1 November 2015

Charge to income statement

Exchange differences

At 31 October 2016

Deferred tax asset

At 1 November 2014

Charge to income statement 

Exchange differences

At 31 October 2015

At 1 November 2015

Charge to income statement 

At 31 October 2016

Revaluation of 
investment 
properties 
£’m

Other 
timing 
differences 
£’m

38.8

6.3

(3.9)

41.2

41.2

4.0

11.1

56.3

0.9

(0.2)

—

0.7

0.7

(0.1)

0.2

0.8

Tax losses 
£’m

Interest swap 
£’m

1.7

(1.6)

(0.1)

—

—

—

—

0.3

(0.2)

—

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.2

Total 
£’m

39.7

6.1

(3.9)

41.9

41.9

3.9

11.3

57.1

Total
£’m

2.0

(1.8)

(0.1)

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.2

The deferred tax liability due after more than one year is £57.1 million (FY2015: £41.9 million).

As at 31 October 2016, the Group had trading losses of £8.9 million (FY2015: £8.9 million) and capital losses of £36.4 million (FY2015: £36.4 million) 
in respect of its UK operations. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these losses.

22. Called up share capital 

Called up, allotted and fully paid
208,689,628 (FY2015: 207,683,636) ordinary shares of 1 pence each

2016
£’m

2.1

2015
£’m

2.1

Ordinary shares
The holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote for each ordinary share.

During the year the Company issued 1,005,992 ordinary shares (FY2015: 549,370 ordinary shares).

Under the authority granted by shareholders in March 2010, the Company no longer has an authorised share capital.

94

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201622. Called up share capital continued
Safestore Holdings plc Sharesave scheme
No new options were granted during the year under the Sharesave scheme. The fair values of options granted under the Sharesave scheme 
in previous years, and still outstanding during 2016, were assessed by an independent actuary using a Black-Scholes model.

Safestore 2009 Performance Share Plan
The fair values of the awards granted in the accounting period were assessed by an independent actuary using a Monte Carlo model based 
on the assumptions set out in the table below. In determining an appropriate assumption for expected future volatility, the historical volatility 
of the share price of Safestore Holdings plc has been considered along with the historical volatility of comparator companies.

Number of options granted

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Risk-free rate of interest

Expected volatility

Expected term to exercise

Value per option

(pence)

(pence)

(% per annum)

(% per annum)

(years)

(pence)

Details of the awards outstanding under all of the Group’s share schemes are set out below:

Grant date March 2016

(PBT-EPS part)

(TSR part)

259,521

129,759

347

—

n/a

n/a

3

347

347

—

0.55

27.7

3

217

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed 

At
31 October 
2016

Exercise 
price 

Expiry 
date

(87,992)

—

—

(993)

(17,557)

(5,542)

—

202,149

62,075

104.0p

164.0p

164.0p

11/02/2017

01/03/2018

01/03/2020

(87,992)

(24,092)

264,224

Date of grant 

Safestore Holdings plc 
Sharesave scheme
11/08/2011

26/08/2014

26/08/2014

Total

Safestore 2009 Performance 
Share Plan
06/02/2013

28/06/2013

04/02/2014

28/01/2015

14/03/2016

Total

At
31 October 
2015

88,985

219,706

67,617

376,308

562,172

293,927

576,399

489,529

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(532,868)

(293,927)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

29,304

—

576,399

489,529

389,280

1,484,512

0.0p

0.0p

0.0p

0.0p

0.0p

06/02/2017

28/06/2017

04/02/2018

28/01/2019

14/03/2020

—

389,280

1,922,027

389,280

(826,795)

No options have been modified since grant under any of the schemes.

The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options under the Sharesave scheme is 164 pence (FY2015: 150 pence).

Participants exercising Performance Share Plan awards during the year also received a further 58,669 shares in respect of dividends accrued 
during the vesting period.

Own shares
Included within retained earnings are ordinary shares with a nominal value of £335 (FY2015: £9) that represent shares allotted to the Safestore 
Employee Benefit Trust in satisfaction of awards under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan and which remain unvested.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

95

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
23. Cash flow from operating activities
Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities:

Cash generated from continuing operations

Profit before income tax

Gain on investment properties

Negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary

Depreciation

Change in fair value of derivatives

Net finance expense

Employee share options

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from continuing operations

24. Analysis of movement in net debt

Cash in hand

Debt due after one year

Total net debt excluding finance leases

Finance leases due within one year

Finance leases due after one year

Total finance leases

Total net debt

Notes

11

12

4

2016
£’m

94.9

(41.7)

(5.6)

0.4

—

14.4

1.2

(0.3)

(1.4)

61.9

Cash flows
£’m

Non-cash 
movements
£’m 

(10.0)

(38.2)

(38.2)

4.6

—

4.6

1.6

(28.0)

(28.0)

(6.8)

(9.6)

(16.4)

(42.8)

2015
£’m

13.8

(249.5)

(249.5)

(7.2)

(39.9)

(47.1)

(282.8)

(43.6)

2015
£’m

118.2

(78.9)

—

0.4

0.3

16.0

1.0

0.2

0.6

57.8

2016
£’m

5.4

(315.7)

(315.7)

(9.4)
(49.5)

(58.9)

(369.2)

Non-cash movements relate to reclassification of non-current debt to current debt, amortisation of debt issue costs, foreign exchange movements 
and unwinding of discount.

25. Employees and Directors

Staff costs (including Directors) for the Group during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

2016
£’m

15.9
2.7

0.2

1.2

20.0

2015
£’m

15.5

2.7

0.3

1.0

19.5

During the period ended 31 October 2016 the Company’s equity-settled share-based payment arrangements comprised the Safestore Holdings plc 
Sharesave scheme and the Safestore 2009 Performance Share Plan. The number of awards made under each scheme is detailed in note 22. 
No options have been modified since grant under any of the schemes.

96

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 201625. Employees and Directors continued

Average monthly number of people (including Executive Directors) employed

2016 
Number

2015
Number

Sales

Administration

Key management compensation

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

The key management figures given above include Directors.

Directors

Aggregate emoluments

Company contributions paid to money purchase pension schemes

475

70

545

2016
 £’m

2.9

1.1

0.1

1.2

5.3

2016
£’m

2.7
0.1

2.8

455

72

527

2015
£’m

2.9

1.3

0.1

1.0

5.3

2015
£’m

2.6

0.1

2.7

There were two Directors (FY2015: two) accruing benefits under a money purchase scheme.

26. Contingent liabilities
As part of the Group banking facility, the Company has guaranteed the borrowings totalling £317.5 million (FY2015: £251.3 million) of fellow Group 
undertakings by way of a charge over all of its property and assets. There are similar cross guarantees provided by the Group companies in respect 
of any bank borrowings which the Company may draw under a Group facility agreement. The financial liability associated with this guarantee is 
considered remote and therefore no provision has been recorded.

Following a tax audit carried out on the Group’s operations in France, elements of tax were challenged by the French Tax Administration (“FTA”) 
for financial years 2011 to 2013. Similar challenges from the FTA have also been made to other operators within the self-storage industry. The Company 
and its legal advisers are of the opinion that there are no valid grounds for these challenges and intend to strongly contest the findings of the FTA. 
The duration and outcome of this dispute cannot be anticipated at this stage of the proceedings. Based on our analysis of the relevant information, 
any potential exposure in relation to the tax audit issues is not likely to be material, and no provision for any potential exposure has been recorded 
in the consolidated financial statements.

27. Capital commitments
The Group had £1.7 million of capital commitments as at 31 October 2016 (FY2015: £4.6 million).

28. Related party transactions
The Group’s shares are widely held. 

During the year £nil (FY2015: £nil) transactions were carried out with related parties.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

97

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements29. Parent company
Safestore Holdings plc is a limited liability company incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the UK. It operates as the ultimate parent 
company of the Safestore Holdings plc Group. 

30. Business combination
On 29 July 2016, the Group completed the acquisition of Space Maker Stores Limited (“SMS”) from Allodial Capital Limited and James Elton 
for initial consideration of £40.9 million plus £1.4 million of deferred consideration, which has subsequently been paid, resulting in a total consideration 
of £42.3 million. The consideration paid was less than the fair value of the identifiable net assets and, as a result, £5.6 million of negative goodwill 
has been recognised within operating profit in the consolidated income statement. In addition, £1.3 million of transaction related costs are included 
within administrative expenses. The net gain arising on business combinations of £4.3 million, recognised in the income statement, is considered 
to be exceptional.

The fair value of the assets and liabilities of SMS recognised at the date of acquisition is set out in the table below:

Assets
Investment properties

Interests in leasehold properties

Trade and other receivables

Cash

Total assets

Liabilities
Trade and other payables

Obligations under finance leases

Total liabilities

Net assets

Fair value of consideration paid

Negative goodwill on acquisition of subsidiary
Transaction related costs

Net gain on business combinations recognised in the income statement

£’m

48.0

10.3

2.1
0.5

60.9

(2.7)

(10.3)

(13.0)

47.9

42.3

5.6
(1.3)

4.3

Since the date of acquisition, SMS has contributed £2.4 million to the revenue of the Group and £1.1 million to the profit after tax for the Group. 
On a pro-forma basis, had the acquisition of SMS occurred at the beginning of the financial year, it would have contributed revenue of £9.0 million 
and profit after tax of £4.0 million to the Group.

98

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 2016Company balance sheet
as at 31 October 2016

Fixed assets
Tangible assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Total fixed assets

Current assets
Debtors: amounts falling due within one year

Debtors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital

Share premium account

Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

Notes

5

6

7

7

8

9

10

Company

2016
£’m

—

1.0

1.0

—

234.8

0.4

235.2

236.2

(16.4)

219.8

(92.3)

127.5

2.1

60.1

65.3

127.5

2015
£’m

—

1.0

1.0

0.1

170.9

0.1

171.1

172.1

(9.4)

162.7

(72.7)

90.0

2.1

60.0

27.9

90.0

The Company financial statements on pages 99 to 103 were approved by the Board of Directors on 6 January 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

A Jones 
Chief Financial Officer 

F Vecchioli
Chief Executive Officer

Company registration number: 4726380

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

99

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCompany statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 October 2016

Balance at 1 November 2014

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 1 November 2015

Comprehensive income
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Dividends

Increase in share capital

Employee share options

Transactions with owners

Balance at 31 October 2016

For details of the dividend paid in the year see note 9 in the Group financial statements.

Share
capital
£’m

2.1

—

—

—

—

—

2.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

Company

Share
premium
£’m

60.0

—

—

—

—

—

60.0

—

—

—

0.1

—

0.1

2.1

60.1

Retained
earnings
£’m

23.0

21.1

21.1

(17.2)

1.0

(16.2)

27.9

57.5

57.5

(21.3)

—

1.2

(20.1)

65.3

Total
£’m

85.1

21.1

21.1

(17.2)

1.0

(16.2)

90.0

57.5

57.5

(21.3)

0.1

1.2

(20.0)

127.5

100

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 October 2016

1. Accounting policies and basis of preparation
The Company financial statements are prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ 
(“FRS 101”). In preparing these financial statements the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union, but makes amendments where necessary in order 
to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and sets out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.

This is the first year that the Company has presented its financial statements under FRS 101. In the transition to FRS 101 the Company has applied 
IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ whilst ensuring that its assets and liabilities are measured in compliance 
with FRS 101. The last financial statements under UK GAAP were for the year ended 31 October 2015 and the date of transition to FRS 101 was 
therefore 1 November 2014.

On transition to FRS 101, no amounts previously reported under UK GAAP have required restatement, hence no reconciliation of equity has 
been prepared.

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

 — a cash flow statement and related notes;

 — comparative period reconciliations for tangible fixed assets;

 — disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries;

 — disclosures in respect of capital management;

 — the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs;

 — IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ in respect of Group-settled share-based payments; and

 — certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

The above disclosure exemptions are permitted because equivalent disclosures are included in the Group consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention. The Company’s principal accounting policies 
are the same as those applied in the Group financial statements, except as described below: 

Investments
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value.

2. Results of parent company
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account as part of these 
financial statements. The Company’s profit for the financial year amounted to £57.5 million (FY2015: £21.1 million).

3. Directors’ emoluments
The Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in note 25 of the Annual Report and Financial Statements of the Group.

4. Operating profit
The Company does not have any employees (FY2015: none). Details of the Company’s share-based payments are set out in note 22 to the Group 
financial statements.

Auditor’s remuneration for the year ended 31 October 2016 was £10,000 (FY2015: £10,000). There were no non-audit services (FY2015: none) 
provided by the auditor.

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

101

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements5. Tangible assets – fixtures and fittings

Cost
As at 1 November 2015 and at 31 October 2016

Accumulated depreciation
As at 1 November 2015

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2016

Net book value

At 31 October 2016

At 31 October 2015

6. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost and net book value
At 1 November 2015 and 31 October 2016

£’m

0.2

0.2

—

0.2

—

—

£’m

1.0

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost. A list of interests in subsidiary undertakings is given below. The Directors believe that the carrying 
value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

Interests in subsidiary undertakings
The entities listed below are subsidiaries of the Company or the Group. The Group percentage of equity capital and voting rights is 100% for all 
subsidiaries listed. The results of all of the subsidiaries have been consolidated within these financial statements.

Subsidiary

Safestore Investments Limited1
Access Storage Holdings (France) S.à r.l.
Assay Insurance Services Limited2
Compagnie de Libre Entreposage France SAS

Crown Self Storage (Exeter) Limited

Crown Self Storage (Plymouth) Limited

Mentmore Limited

R & M Hampson Limited

Safestore Acquisition Limited

Safestore Group Limited

Safestore Limited

Safestore Properties Limited

Safestore Trading Limited

Space Maker Properties Limited

Space Maker Stores Limited

Space Maker Trading Limited

Spaces Personal Storage Limited

Une Pièce en Plus SAS

1  Held directly by the Company.

2  UK tax resident since September 2015.

Country of incorporation

Principal activity

England and Wales

Holding company

Luxembourg

Guernsey

France

Holding company

Insurance services

Holding company

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Holding company

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Holding company

England and Wales

Holding company

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Non-trading

Cayman Islands

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Holding company

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

England and Wales

Provision of self-storage

France

Provision of self-storage

102

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsNotes to the Company financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 October 20167. Debtors

Trade debtors

Debtors due within one year

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Debtors due after more than one year

2016
£’m

—

—

234.8

234.8

2015
£’m

0.1

0.1

170.9

170.9

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand; however, the Directors consider it unlikely that repayment will 
arise in the short term and it is for this reason that the amounts are shown as falling due after one year. 

Interest is charged to Group undertakings on amounts totalling £92.7 million (FY2015: £73.2 million). The remaining amounts owed by Group 
undertakings are interest free.

8. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other taxes and social security

Accruals and deferred income

Creditors due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

9. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Secured loan notes

Debt issue costs

Creditors due after more than one year

2016
£’m

14.5
—
1.9

16.4

2016
£’m

92.7
(0.4)

92.3

2015
£’m

7.3

0.1

2.0

9.4

2015
£’m

73.2

(0.5)

72.7

The loan notes are $65.6 million (FY2015: $65.6 million) 5.52% Series A Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and $47.3 million (FY2015: $47.3 million) 
6.29% Series B Senior Secured Notes due 2024.

10. Called up share capital

Called up, allotted and fully paid
208,689,628 (FY2015: 207,683,636) ordinary shares of 1 pence

Ordinary shares
The holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote for each ordinary share.

For details of share options see note 22 in the Group financial statements.

11. Contingent liabilities
For details of contingent liabilities see note 26 in the Group financial statements.

2016
£’m

2.1

2015
£’m

2.1

Annual report and financial statements 2016  |  Safestore Holdings plc

103

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsDirectors and advisers

Directors
Alan Lewis 
Frederic Vecchioli 
Andy Jones 
Ian Krieger  
Joanne Kenrick 
Claire Balmforth 
Bill Oliver   

(Non-Executive Chairman)
(Chief Executive Officer)
(Chief Financial Officer)
(Non-Executive Director)
(Non-Executive Director)
(Non-Executive Director)
(Non-Executive Director)

Company Secretary
Sam Ahmed

Registered office
Brittanic House 
Stirling Way 
Borehamwood
Hertfordshire WD6 2BT

Registered company number
4726380

Websites
www.safestore.co.uk
www.safestore.com

Bankers
National Westminster Bank
HSBC Bank
Lloyds Bank
Santander UK
BRED Banque Populaire
Bank of Taiwan

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
2 New Street Square 
London EC4A 3BZ

104

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Legal advisers
Travers Smith LLP
10 Snow Hill
London EC1A 2AL

Eversheds LLP
115 Colmore Row 
Birmingham B3 3AL

Brokers and financial advisers
Investec Bank Plc
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP

Citigroup Global Markets Limited
Citigroup Centre
33 Canada Square
London E14 5LB

Financial PR advisers
Instinctif Partners
65 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7NQ

Shareholder information
Registrar 
Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Telephone (in UK): 0871 664 0300
(Calls cost 12 pence per minute plus your phone 
company’s access charge.)

Telephone (from overseas): +44 (0)371 664 0300
(Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged
at the applicable international rate.)
Lines are open between 9:00 am and 5:30 pm Monday to Friday, 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Email: shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk
Share Portal Enquiries: shareportal@capita.co.uk
Share Portal: www.capitashareportal.com

Through the website of our Registrar, Capita Asset Services, 
shareholders are able to manage their shareholding by registering 
for the Share Portal, a free, secure, online access to their shareholding.

Please visit our investor relations website
All the latest news and updates for investors at www.safestore.com.

Financial statementsPark is an EMAS certified company and its Environmental Management System is certified 
to ISO 14001.

This document is printed on Genyous, a paper containing 100% virgin fibre sourced from 
well managed, responsible, FSC® certified forests. On average 99% of any waste associated 
with this production will be recycled.

Design Portfolio is committed to planting 
trees for every corporate communications 
project, in association with Trees for Cities.

 
S

a

f

e

s

t

o

r

e

H

o

l

d

i

n

g

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

fi

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

Safestore Holdings plc
Brittanic House
Stirling Way
Borehamwood
Hertfordshire WD6 2BT
Tel:  020 8732 1500
Fax:  020 8732 1510
www.safestore.co.uk
www.safestore.com

2

Safestore Holdings plc  |  Annual report and financial statements 2016

Financial statementsPage header continuedSubhead